Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D17-0254 - BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE
BOEING #9-08 ELEVATOR UPGRADE 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S D17-0254 Parcel No: Address: 0 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development _ 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 5624201032 Permit Number: D17-0254 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S BLDG 9-008 Issue Date: 10/10/2017 Permit Expires On: 4/8/2018 Project Name: BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: BOEING COMPANY THE PO BOX 3707 M/C 20-00 PROPERTY TAX DEPT, SEATTLE, WA, 98124 JOHN S MURDOCH PO BOX 3707 MC 46-88 , SEATTLE, WA, 98124 BOEING COMPANY, THE 100 N RIVERSIDE, M/C 5003-4027 , CHICAGO, IL, 60606-1596 BOEINC*294ML BOEING COMPANY THE PO BOX 3707 M/C 20-00 PROPERTY TAX DEPT, SEATTLE, WA, 98124 Phone: (253) 350-5522 Phone: (312) 544-2535 Expiration Date: 1/18/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: MODERIZATION OF ELEVATORS INSIDE BUILDING Project Valuation: $96,800.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: IIB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $2,650.38 Occupancy per IBC: B Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2014 2014 2014 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or loc. . s regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this developm: 0,54 -r t and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. P Signatur Print Na Date: /D"" ' Z(Y-7. This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 5: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 6: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 7: All electrical work -shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. c� o 8: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 9: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 17: Fire sprinkler protection for the elevator hoistways and machine rooms shall comply with NFPA 13 section 8:15.5 An electrically supervised signed, sprinkler control valve shall be provided for the elevator hoistway and pit sprinklers. The valve shall not be higher than 6 ft. above the floor. 12: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 10: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written: approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed bythe State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 18: Elevators shall comply with NFPA 72 section 21.3 and IBC Chapter 30 for firefighter emergency recall operations. 13: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 14: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 11: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspectionsand tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 15: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 16: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0502 LATH/GYPSUM BOARD CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TulcwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. 1 7 0.25-11 Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION 9 o 1 cpe--k `eAriewOr G -wv Site Address: 9725 East Marginal Way So Tenant Name: The Boeing Company King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Suite Number: 9-08 Floor: 1 New Tenant: ❑ Yes ®..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: The Boeing Company - John S Murdoch Address: P.O. Box 3707 M/C 46-88 City: Seattle State: WA zip: 98124 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: John S. Murdoch - The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707 M/C 46-88 • City: Seattle • State: WA Zip: 98124 Phone: (253) 350-5522 Fax: Email: john.s.murdoch@boeing.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Boeing Company - John S Murdoch. Address: P.O. Box 3707 M/C 46-88 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 Phone: (253) 350-5522 Fax: Contr Reg No.: BOEINC*294ML Exp Date: 01/18/2019 Tukwila Business License No.: H:\Applications\Fours-Applications On Line \2011 Applicutions\Petnut Application Revised - 8-9-1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh OF RECORD _ARCHITECT Company Name: DLR Group Architect Name: Scott Kruse Address: 51 University St Suite 600 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: (206) 461-6000 Fax: (206) 461-6049 Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: John S. Murdoch - The Boeing Company Company Name: DLR Group City: Seattle State: WA zip: 98124 Engineer Name: Scott Kruse Address: 51 University St Suite 600 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: (206) 461-6000 Fax: (206) 461-6049 Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: John S. Murdoch - The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707 M/C 46-88 City: Seattle State: WA zip: 98124 Page I of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 96,800 Existing Building Valuation: $ 75,000,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): and _ r pp t>ipmE11t. c '10!.•x' t,- - i PlocetwizA-rioa F 6W/AWC alisiDEButaNtito, Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): I Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes m No If "yes', explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes El No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2 " x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:lApplicationstForms-Applications On Line 12011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - K -9-I I.doca Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1st Floor 2nd Floor t 3"d Floor Floors 1 thru 5 50,207 326 I1 -B B Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): I Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes m No If "yes', explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes El No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2 " x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:lApplicationstForms-Applications On Line 12011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - K -9-I I.doca Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Does Not Apply Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ... Water District #125 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate 0 .. Highline ❑...Valley View 0 .. Renton 0... Sewer Availability Provided 0 .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0 ...Bond 0 .. Insurance 0 .. Easement(s) . Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours 0 ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way 0 0 ...Total Cut 0 ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours 0 .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 .. Abandon Septic Tank 0 .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 .. Curb Cut 0 .. Channelization 0 ...Frontage Improvements 0 .. Pavement Cut 0 .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control 0 .. Looped Fire Line 0 .. Utility Undergrounding O ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection , Irrigation " Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. 2,WO # 0 ...Water Only Meter Size WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size 0 ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 0 ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 51 FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) O ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing. Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applicatioin'For ns -Applications On Line \2011 ApplicationstPernsit Application Revised - 8-9-t 1.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF Pa:a RYY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING 96 Fi cid & a, Signature: ' Ai Print Nam vrJohn S. Mu/doth - The Boeing Company Day Telephone: (253) 740-0214 Mailing Address: P.O. Box 3707. M/C 46-88 H:\Applications\Fomes-Applications On Linc\2011 Applications\Pcmut Application Revised - 8-9-I l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Seattle WA 98124 City state Zip Page 4 of 4 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila Receipt Number R1}2390 DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT PermitTRAK QUANTITY PAID $2,650.38 ,D17-0254 Address: 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S BLDG 9-008 Apn: 5624201032 $2,650.38 Credit Card Fee • $77.20 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $77.20 DEVELOPMENT . , $2,497.63 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $1,510.99 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $982.14 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE 8640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $75.55 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R12390 0.00 ;. $75.55 $2,650.38 Date Paid: Friday, September 22, 2017 Paid By: JOHN S MURDOCH Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 079975 Printed: Friday, September 22, 2017 7:57 AM 1 of 1 CRWSYSTEMS INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION ' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: g3E/A/G Q-08 Type of Inspection: 'Oic-P/1Y&-,-iX2- Address: Date Called: (772.s- S', e i 1A)/7y Date Wanted: 3-3- zD Ir Special Instructions: .pi4 2 (, 3 W 3rt1 £LVADR VP6RA4DT Requester:ti a.m. p.m. Phone No: 2.0 co Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. OMMENTS: 0 61- X r / Inspector: ' 6 eisir jec, Date: 03 / 3 Z REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 D 17-dz5q Proje �' bt° IR�nn -08 Ty f Ins ct'on: LA.1 id i /1 Mt Adddrreesss: �' 7/27 *i / IN Date Called: Special Instructions: p/ aeVel `b�` Un ra c Wanted: �j -20 " ' a.m P.m. r:Date Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections quired prior to approval. COMMENTS: /41(.. _St,‘ Alcx Aine0 icyr fi/1/4,e_ c7opka Ar-ie[eeivicc<i PEIrekatz4r itv f6/58A/ ,,J oa r.2i1, chi rirectdrA—j �-F- / 3a- .,cii Inspector: Date, ry, -I REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 South enter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 0/1eJ Z 7 r INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION b r i-azsy 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 (206) 431-3670 Project: -4;$714Type -0 g of Inspection: Frevkvi tem Address: U 2(725 E c Date Called: Li Special Instructions: xELeAt4er. tApj,cAde Date Wanted: 7-249�2-£37 m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. O Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ZS -710904/WG- OK- A(1S Inspector: Date: 7 -2(e -44S REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit )/4 ,i2 S t PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:f ` F ( IA-°) 7-6/K � ...e/vary Type of Inspection: ( L Address: , r Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (-)1(.1-N7 14,--1-17 is /r i2 /A( vv:, " Needs Shift Inspection: ' Sprinklers: '7 , Fire Alarm: Y Hood & Duct: f Monitor: 9 Pre -Fire: c") Permits: Occupancy Type: � Inspector: / j„ c---4_ Date: qh, 05-- Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a'copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: �, 4‘€(49 7--0$( 7J5 Type sof Inspection: .> 0 / ' I k( -e--) Address: Suite-tfrl• /Contact �rpc 0009 Monitor: Person: Special Instructions: Permits: /709 5vr/yamr 70 ,61 1 Phone No.: r 1proved per applicable codes. `4.... ---- Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 7J5 Sprinklers: f e. 5 Fire Alarm: Hood `& Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: /709 5vr/yamr 70 ,61 Occupancy Type: X GV r f (r,lidl �- e,-/"JC .r S`f Needs Shift Inspection: 7J5 Sprinklers: f e. 5 Fire Alarm: Hood `& Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: X Inspector: 'yj 54-' Date: ,'/2..4-11 5( Hrs.: i $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila. Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C Q CD 0 L3 BOEING 9-08 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON LERCH BATES ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION SPECIFICATION 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Prepared For: Mr. Joe Shin The Boeing Company P.O. Box 3707 MC 5E-03 Seattle, WA 98124-2207 (206)-304-0443 JuLY 11, 2017 Prepared By: Carl G. Cary Consultant LB Project Ns 010001320 ALL DOCUMENTS FURNISHED BY LERCH BATES INC. (LERCH BATES) ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SER SHALL REMAIN THE SOLE PROPERTY OF LERCH BATES. LERCH BATES SHALL RETAIN ALL COMM STATUTORY, AND OTHER RESERVED RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE COPYRIGHT THERETO. THEY AR USED ONLY FOR THIS PROJECT AND ARE NOT TO BE MODIFIED, DISTRIBUTED, OR USED FOR AN PROJECT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, EXCEPT WITH THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF LERCH BATES. LERCH BATES ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY FOR ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OR MODIFICATION OF THESE DOCUMENTS. A REVIEWED FOR -CODE COMPLIANCE DO APPROVED OCT 0 6 2017 NE Wity of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION t%3. a2S4 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 2 2 2017 PERMIT CENTER ■■■1111 I I I 11111I■■ 19515 NORTH CREEK PARKWAY • SUITE 304 • BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98011 T 425-205-2205 / 800-435-6220 • WWW.LERCHBATES.COM ) AI2 0 0 O LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 O SECTION 142200 0 O TABLE OF CONTENTS O PART 1 GENERAL 1 O 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 1 1.2 RELATED WORK 2 O 1.3 DEFINITIONS 3 O 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 O 1.5 PROJECT PROCEDURES 4 1.6 DOCUMENT AND SITE VERIFICATION 4 O 1.7 SUBMITTALS 6 0 1.8 PERMIT, TEST, AND INSPECTION 7 ® 1.9 MAINTENANCE 7 0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 7 O 2.1 SUMMARY 7 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES 14 0 2.3 CAR AND GROUP PERFORMANCE 15 0 2.4 OPERATION 16 0 2.5 MACHINE ROOM EQUIPMENT 18 2.6 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT 19 0 2.7 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES 20 0 2.8 CAR EQUIPMENT 21 2.9 CAR ENCLOSURE 24 0 2.10 HALL CONTROL STATIONS 24 0 2.11 SIGNALS 24 0 2.12 INTERCOM AND DISTRESS SIGNAL SYSTEM 25 2.13 SEISMIC OPERATIONS AND EQUIPMENT 25 0 0 PART 3 EXECUTION 25 0 3.1 SITE CONDITION INSPECTION 25 r 3.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25 3.3 INSTALLATION 26 O 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 26 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS 26 0 3.6 CLEANUP 26 O 3.7 , ACCEPTANCE REVIEW AND TESTS 27 3.8 PURCHASER'S INFORMATION 28 `+0•+ ~ 0 O O 0 O ■111111 I I 1111111111 0 O 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT O SECTION 142200 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 ELECTRIC TRACTION ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Modernize five geared traction elevators, as follows: 1. Two passenger elevators, Cars 1 and 2. 2. One service elevator, Car 3. 3. Two passenger elevators, Cars 4 and 5. B. Provide all labor, engineering, tools, transportation, services, supervision, materials, and equipment necessary for and incidental to satisfactory completion of required work as indicated in Contract Documents. C. Provide all required staging, hoisting, and movement of new equipment, reused equipment, or removal of existing equipment. D. Applicable conditions of Purchaser's General, Special, and Supplemental Conditions. E. Prime contract is defined below and is all aspects are recognized to be a major part of required work to be performed concurrently in close coordination with work of other Contractors. 1. This Contract: Elevator modernization project, including all work defined in the design specifications and drawings. F. Scope of Contract includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Coordination, scheduling, and management of work of component suppliers and subcontractors. 2. Modernize or furnish and install equipment as specified utilizing existing and/or modified hoistways and machine rooms. 3. Specific item of required work which cannot be determined to be included in another contract is thereby determined to be included in prime contract. 4. Coordinating with and assisting electrical contractor with running LAN cabling in hoistway moving duct to the monitoring equipment compartment in each machine room. Elevator contractor to coordinate with electrical contractor to install all required wiring/cabling for a complete system. Include in the base bid the required time to assist with LAN cable installation. No additional fees will be accepted for coordination and assisting with cable installation by the electrical contractor. G. Preventive maintenance as described Article 1.9 below. H. Additional equipment or finishes furnished under other sections, installed under this section: Car interior finishes. Cartage and Hoisting: All required staging, hoisting, and movement to, on, and from the site O including new equipment, reused equipment, or dismantling and removal of existing equipment. O J. Unless specifically identified as "Reuse," "Retain," or "Refurbish," provide new equipment. O K. Protective barriers between cars in normal operation and adjacent cars in the modernization O process. Full depth and height of hoistway. O L. Hoistway, pit, and machine room barricades as required. 0 O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 O LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 Page 1 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The following work is required to be completed in accordance with this elevator modernization project. All work defined below is required for all elevators, except where specifically indicated to be just for one specific elevator or elevators. B. Hoistway and Pit: 1. Remove sprinkler line, smoke and heat detector in elevator hoistway overhead. 2. Wall blockouts and fire rated closure for control and signal fixture boxes which penetrate walls. 3. Elevator 3: Provide sprinkler head guard for sprinkler in the pit. 4. Cutting and patching walls and floors. 5. Elevator 4: Open front hoistway walls at Levels 1, 4, and 5 for new elevator hoistway entrances. After entrances are set close front wall and apply architectural finish. 6. Elevator 4: Grout floor up to hoistway sills and around hoistway entrances at Levels 1, 4, and 5. 7. Elevator 3: Provide new pit ladder. Ladder shall extend 48" above the sill, be 16" wide, have ladder rungs from top to bottom of ladder with uniform 12" space, and have a clear distance of not less than 4'/" from their center line to the nearest obstruction behind it. 8: Protect open hoistways and entrances during construction per OSHA Regulations. 9. Protect car enclosure, hoistway entrance assemblies, and special metal finishes from damage. 10. Elevators 1, 2, 4, and 5: Provide a bevel for all hoistway projections, beam projections and setbacks per A17.1 2.1.6.2 that are greater than 4". C. Machine Room: 1. Ventilation and heating: Maintain minimum temperature of 55° F, maximum 90° F. Maintain maximum 80% relative humidity, non -condensing. Provide new independent split HVAC system capable of maintaining the temperature range in each existing machine room, replacing the existing ceiling -mounted exhaust fans. Provide a thermostat in each machine room to control the independent system to maintain the temperature, sizing the system based on the estimated heat output provided by the Elevator Contractor to maintain the above temperature range during all operating conditions. Provide necessary protection of existing roof where external units are mounted, and seal all penetrations on the roof and into the machine room. 2. Provide new signage on machine room doors with lettering at least 1.25" in height that state "Elevator Equipment Room; Authorized Personnel Only - No Storage." Signage should also identify which elevators are located in each room. 3. Patch all holes and penetrations in machine room walls. 4. Remove all foreign wiring from machine rooms. D. Electrical Service, Conductors, and Devices: 1. Provide GFCI convenience outlets in each pit and machine room. 2. Provide new and properly grounded shunt trip breakers for three phase power in the machine room that complies with WAC 296-96-02480. 3. Relocate or provide new light switches in pits so that they are 36" above the sill, adjacent to new pit ladders. 4. Relocate or provide new machine room light switches that are located on the strike side of the machine room door. 5. Install new guarded lighting fixtures in all machine rooms. Lighting should be installed to provide 19 ftc of illumination in all areas of the machine rooms, and should be installed to maintain a minimum 7'-0" clearance from the floor to the underside of the fixtures. 6. Means to automatically disconnect power to affected elevator drive unit and controller prior to activation of machine room fire sprinkler system and/or hoistway fire sprinkler system. Manual shut-off means shall be located outside bounds of machine room. Shunt trip breakers shall comply with the provisions of WAC 296-96-02480. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project N2 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 2 C C C C C C C 0 C 0 0 0 0 C C C 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 C 0 O 0 0 0 C 0 C 0 C C C 0 C� C C 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q 7. Install new guarded lighting fixtures in place of existing light fixture to provide 10 ftc of Q illumination throughout each elevator pit. 8. Elevator 3: Provide new heat detector within 2" of sprinkler head in machine room. 9. Fire alarm initiating device in the elevator machine room to initiate firefighters' return feature. Provide alarm initiating signal wiring from hoistway or machine room connection O point to elevator controller terminals. Devices in machine and control room areas to O provide signal for general alarm and discrete signal for Phase II firefighters' operation. Provide three relays for primary, alternate, and the flashing fire hat tied to the building fire O panel for fire recall provisions. 10. Provide single-phase 15 -amp copper power feeder to elevator controller for car lighting O with individual protected lockable "open" disconnecting means for each elevator located O in the respective machine rooms. 11. Provide single-phase copper power feeder for new seismic switch located in machine O room if required by the Elevator Contractor. 12. Elevator 3: Provide a smoke detector below lowest recall floor to send car to upper floor. O 13. Single-phase power feeder to elevator intercom amplifier in the elevator machine room. Q 14. Single-phase power feeders to controllers for future CCTV with lockable "open" disconnecting means. 0 O 1.3 DEFINITIONS O A. Terms used are defined in the latest edition of the Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, ASME A17.1. 0 O B. Reference to a device or a part of the equipment applies to the number of devices or parts required to complete the installation. 0 O C. Provisions of this specification are applicable to all elevators unless identified otherwise. O 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Q A. Approved Contractors: Q 1. KONE Inc, Otis Elevator Company, Schindler Elevator Corporation, thyssenkrupp Elevator Corporation, Fujitec, and Mitsubishi. O 2. Alternate Contractors must receive approval of Purchaser and/or Consultant at least fourteen calendar days prior to bid date. 0 Q B. Compliance with Regulatory Agencies: Comply with most stringent applicable provisions of following Codes, laws, and/or Authorities, including revisions and changes in effect: O 1. Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, ASME A17.1 2. Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks, ASME A17.2 O 3. Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment, ASME A17.5 O 4. National Electrical Code, NFPA 70 5. Americans with Disabilities Act, ADA O 6. Local Fire Authority O 7. Requirements of IBC and all other codes, ordinances and laws applicable within the governing jurisdiction O 8. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101 O 9. Washington Administrative Code, WAC O C. Warranty: 1. Material and workmanship of installation shall comply in every respect with Contract O Documents. Correct defective material or workmanship which develops within one year from date of final acceptance of all work to satisfaction of Architect, Purchaser and O Consultant at no additional cost, unless due to ordinary wear and tear or improper use or 0 Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 Q LB Project N2 0100013206-001 Page 3 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 C LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT care by Purchaser. Perform maintenance in accordance with terms and conditions indicated in the Preventive Maintenance Agreement. 2. Defective is defined to include, but not be limited to: Operation or control system failures, car performance below required minimum, excessive wear, unusual deterioration, or aging of materials or finishes, unsafe conditions, the need for excessive maintenance, abnormal noise, or vibration, and similar unsatisfactory conditions. 3. Retained Equipment: All retained components, parts, and materials shall be cleaned, checked, modified, repaired, or replaced so each component and its parts are in like new operating condition. Retained equipment must be compatible for integration with new systems. All retained equipment shall be covered under the warranty provisions, of Article 1.4 C. 1. and 2. above. No prorations of equipment or parts shall be allowed on preventive maintenance contract between the Contractor and Purchaser. 4. Make modifications, requirements, adjustments, and improvements to meet performance requirements of Article 2.3. 1.5 PROJECT PROCEDURES A. Staging Area: An equipment staging area will be available for use by Contractor. Contractor shall restrict usage to area designated and shall notify Purchaser prior to storing of any large equipment which will impose heavy concentrated loading on floor area. Do not store such equipment until approval is received. B. Occupancy and Work by Others: 1. Contractor expressly affirms Purchaser's rights to let other contracts and employ other Contractors in connection with required work. Contractor will afford other Contractors and their workmen reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of materials and equipment, for execution of their work, and will properly connect and coordinate its work with theirs. Contractor will also incorporate comparable provisions in all its subcontracts. 2. Contractor declares that other Contractors employed by Purchaser on basis of separate contracts may proceed at such times as necessary to install items of work required by Purchaser. 3. Contractor declares that it will cooperate with other Contractors employed by Purchaser and, in addition to other coordination and expediting efforts, will coordinate their work by written notices regarding necessity of such work to be done on or before certain dates. 4. Contractor declares that it is responsible for review, stamped, and signed approval of all shop drawings for required work. 5. Contractor hereby declares that content of foregoing paragraphs and influence they may have on project: a. • Shall not cause a change in stipulated Contract Sum. b. Shall not cause a change in Construction Time Schedule. 1.6 DOCUMENT AND SITE VERIFICATION A. In order to discover and resolve conflicts or lack of definition which might create problems, Contractor must review Contract Documents, existing site conditions, and existing equipment specified to be retained for compatibility with its product prior to submitting quotation. Site review shall include, but not be limited to adequacy of access, retained equipment, elevator hoistways, pits, machine rooms, overhead clearances, electrical power characteristics, structural supports, etc. Investigation and structural calculations required to determine compliance for the new gearless traction machines of existing elevator components including machine support beams, with ASME A17.1, Rule 8.7.2.15.2, are responsibility of Contractor. Attach specific, written exception and/or clarification with quotation. Compliance with all provisions of Contract Documents is assumed and required in absence of written exception. If written exception is acceptable to Purchaser and Consultant, an. Addendum to the specifications will be issued and authorized. Purchaser will not pay for change to building structure, structural Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project N2 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 4 0 0 O LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q supports, mechanical, electrical or other systems required to accommodate Contractor's Q equipment if not identified before Contract award and authorized as stipulated above. O B. Submission of quotation is considered evidence that Contractor has visited and is conversant O with the site facilities, site conditions, requirements of the Contract Documents, pertinent state and local codes, state of labor and material markets, and has made due allowance in his quotation for all contingencies. Should Contractor's investigation of site conditions or local codes or rules reveal requirements contrary to Contract Documents, or if Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions from Contract Documents, or if Contractor is in doubt as to their O meaning, he shall contact the Consultant for clarification at least five working days prior to quotation due date. C. No oral explanation will be made and no oral instructions will be given before quotation due Q date. Contractor shall act promptly and allow sufficient time for a reply to reach him before O submission of his quotation. Any required interpretation or supplemental instructions will be issued in the form of an addendum to the specifications and forwarded to all pre -qualified Contractors. 0 D. Provide everything necessary for and incidental to the satisfactory completion of work required Qby Contract Documents. All required preparations and hoisting and movement of new equipment, reused equipment, or removal of existing equipment shall be the responsibility of 0 Contractor. O E. Site Condition Inspection: O 1. Prior to beginning installation of equipment, examine hoistway and machine room areas. Verify no irregularities exist which affect execution of work specified. 0 2. Do not proceed with installation until work in place conforms to project requirements. O F. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Deliver material in Contractor's original unopened protective packaging. 2. Store material in original protective packaging. Prevent soiling, physical damage, or moisture damage. O 3. Protect equipment and exposed finishes from damage and stains during transportation, erection, and construction. 0 4. Allocate available site storage areas and coordinate their use with Purchaser and other Contractors. O 5. Provide suitable temporary weather -tight storage facilities as may be required for O materials that will be stored in the open. G. Installation Requirements: Q 1. Install all equipment in accordance with Contractor's instructions, referenced codes, specification, and approved submittals. 2. Install machine room equipment with clearances in accordance with referenced codes and specification. 3. Install all equipment so it may be easily removed for maintenance and repair. 4. Install all equipment for ease of maintenance. O 5. Install all equipment to afford maximum accessibility, safety, and continuity of operation. 6. Remove oil, grease, scale, and other foreign matter from the following equipment and apply one coat of field -applied machinery enamel. O a. All exposed equipment and metal work installed as part of this work which does 0not have architectural finish. b Machine room equipment, hoistway equipment including guide rail brackets and pit equipment. c. Neatly touch up damaged factory -painted surfaces with original paint color. Protect machine -finish surfaces against corrosion. 0 O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 Page 5 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT H. Manufacturer's Nameplates: 1. Manufacturer's name plates and other identifying markings shall not be affixed on surfaces exposed to public view. This requirement does not apply to Underwriter's Laboratories and code required labels. 2. Each major component of mechanical and electrical equipment shall have identification plate with the Manufacturer's name, address, model number rating, and any other information required by governing codes. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Within thirty calendar days after award of contract and before beginning equipment fabrication submit shop drawings, and required material samples for review. Allow fourteen calendar days for response to initial submittal. 1. Scaled or Fully Dimensioned Layout: Plan of pit, hoistway, and machine room indicating equipment arrangement, elevation section of hoistway, details of car enclosures and car/hall signal fixtures. 2. Design Information: Indicate equipment lists, reactions, and design information on layouts. 3. Power Confirmation Information: Design for existing conditions. 4. Fixtures: Cuts, samples, or shop drawings. 5. Finish Material: Submit 3" x 12" samples of actual finished material for review of color, pattern, and texture. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Include, if requested, signal fixtures, lights, graphics, Braille plates, and detail of mounting provisions. 6. Colors of Factory -Finished Equipment: a. All colors will be selected from the Manufacturer's standard range unless custom colors are specified herein. b. Submit samples of all standard colors available and/or specified custom colors for review and approval. c. Submit samples of all specified architectural metals specified for review and approval. 7. Design Information: Provide calculations verifying the following: a. Adequacy of existing electrical provisions. b. Adequacy of retained equipment relative to code requirements if car weight increased by more than 5%. c. Machine room heat emissions in B.T.U. d. Adequacy of existing retained elevator machine beams. e. Adequacy of existing car platform structure for intended loading. 8. Written Maintenance Control Program (MCP) specifically designed for the equipment included under this contract. Include any unique or product specific procedures or methods required to inspect or to test the equipment. In addition, identify weekly, bi- weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual maintenance procedures, including statutory and other required equipment tests. B. Submittal review shall not be construed as an indication that submittal is correct or suitable or that the work represented by submittal complies with the Contract Documents. Compliance with Contract Documents, Code requirements, dimensions, fit, and interface with other work is Contractor's responsibility. C. Acknowledge and/or respond to review comments within fourteen calendar days of return. Promptly incorporate required changes due to inaccurate data or incomplete definition so that delivery and installation schedules are not affected. Identify and cloud drawing revisions including Contractor elective revisions on each re -submittal. Contractor's revision response time is not justification for equipment delivery or installation delay. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project N2 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 6 0 0 Q LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1.8 PERMIT, TEST, AND INSPECTION O A. Obtain and pay for permit, license, and inspection fee necessary to complete installation. B. Perform test required by Governing Authority in accordance with procedure described in ASME 0 A17.2 Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks in the presence of Authorized Representative. 0 C. Supply personnel and equipment for test and final review by Consultant as required in Part 3. O 1.9 MAINTENANCE 0 A. Warranty Maintenance: Q 1. Provide preventive maintenance and 24-hour emergency callback service for one year 0 commencing on date of final acceptance by Purchaser of that elevator(s). Systematically examine, adjust, clean, and lubricate all equipment. Repair or replace defective parts O using parts produced by the Contractor of installed equipment. Maintain elevator machine room, hoistway, and pit in clean condition. O 2. Use competent personnel, acceptable to the Purchaser, supervised and employed by Contractor. 3. 3. The warranty maintenance period specified in Item 1.9, A. above shall be extended one O month for each three-month period in which equipment related failures average more than .25 per unit per month. O 4. Purchaser retains the option to delete cost of warranty maintenance from new equipment contract and remit twelve equal installments directly to Contractor during period in which maintenance is being performed. 0 B. Contract Preventive Maintenance: Use competent personnel, acceptable to the Purchaser, 0 • employed and supervised by Contractor. 0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 0 2.1 SUMMARY 0 A. Two Passenger Elevators: Unless specifically identified as "retain existing," provide new equipment. 0 Elevators 1 and 2 Existing Equipment Disposition Capacity: 3,500 lbs. Retain existing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 0 LB Project Ng 0100013206-001 Page 7 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Elevators 1 and 2 Existing Equipment Disposition Class Loading: Contract Speed: Roping: Machine: Machine Location: Operational Control: Motor Control: Power Characteristics: Stops and Openings: Floors Served: Travel: Platform Size: Clear Inside Car: Entrance Size: Entrance Type: Door Operator: Door Protection: Safety: Guide Rails: Buffers: Passenger Class A 350 fpm 1:1 Geared traction with DC motors Overhead Duplex Motor Generator Field verify 5, all front 1-5 Field verify Field verify Field verify 42" wide x 84" high Single -speed center -opening GAL open loop door operator Safety edge and light ray Flexible guide clamp, Type B, Planed steel tees Oil Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. Retain existing 350 fpm Provide required modifications and roping configuration necessary for new machines. Provide new AC gearless machines Retain existing Duplex selective collective microprocessor - based system AC variable frequency microprocessor -based with digital closed-loop feedback Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing New high-speed heavy-duty closed loop door operator with minimum 21/2 fps opening speed Infrared full screen device with differential timing, nudging, and interrupted beam time car Retain and refurbish existing Retain existing Retain existing July 11, 2017 Page 8 0 0 Q LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Elevators 1 and 2 Existing Equipment Disposition © Car Enclosure: Steel shell as specified plus $20,000 allowance Q and 1,000 lbs. weight allowance for interior finishes Q Battery powered emergency car lighting. Provide separate constant pressure test button in car service compartment. Illuminate portion of O normal car lighting Q Signal Fixtures: LED illumination O Hall Pushbutton Stations: Single hall pushbutton riser Car Pushbutton Stations: Single car operating panel Vandal resistant car and hall pushbuttons Q Car Position Indicators: Single digital car position indicator with car Q direction arrows integral with new car operating panel fixture Q Hall Lanterns: At all floors with volume adjustable electronic Q chime or tone. Sound twice for down direction Q Hall Car Position Indicator: Digital with car direction arrows at all floors Q Communication System: Intercom with distress signal Self -dialing, vandal resistant, push to call, two- way telephone system with recall, tracking, and voiceless communication Fixture Submittal: Submit brochure depicting contractor's Q proposed designs with bid Q Additional Features: Car top inspection station Q Car and counterweight roller guides Q Firefighters' service, Phases I and II, including Q alternate floor return Accessibility and emergency medical services © signage Swing car return panels arranged for integral Q car operating panels Q Hoistway access switches, top and bottom floors Q Load -weighing device Q Independent service feature Q Future card reader provisions Future CCTV wiring provisions 0 Q Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 Q July 11, 2017 Page 9 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Elevators 1 and 2 Existing Equipment Disposition B. Machine, power conversion unit, and controller sound isolation Tamper resistant fasteners for all fastenings exposed to the public • One year warranty maintenance with 24-hour call-back service Seismic devices Signage engraving filled with black paint or approved etching process No Visible company name or logo Wiring diagrams, operating instructions, and parts ordering information System diagnostic means and instructions One Service Elevator: Unless specifically identified as "retain existing," provide new equipment. Elevator 3 Existing Equipment Disposition Capacity: Class Loading: Contract Speed: Roping: Machine: Machine Location: Operational Control: Motor Control: 8,000 lbs. Service 150 fpm 1:1 Geared traction with DC motors Overhead US Elevator Relay Logic Motor Generator Power Characteristics: Field verify Stops and Openings: 5 front; 5 rear Floors Served: Travel: Platform Size: Clear Inside Car: Entrance Size: Entrance Type: Front: 1-5; Rear: 1R -5R Field verify Field verify Field verify 72" wide x 96" high Two -speed center -opening Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ne 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 8,000 lbs. Retain existing 150 fpm Provide required modifications and roping configuration necessary for new machines Provide new AC gearless machine Retain existing Selective collective microprocessor -based AC variable voltage variable frequency (ACV3F) microprocessor -based with digital closed-loop feedback Retain Retain Retain Retain Retain Retain Retain existing existing existing existing existing existing existing Retain existing July 11, 2017 Page 10 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT © Elevator 3 Existing Equipment Disposition 0 O Door Operator: Medium -speed heavy-duty New high-speed heavy-duty with -2'/ fps minimum opening speed O Door Protection: Safety shoe and light ray Infrared full screen device with differential 0 timing, nudging, and interrupted beam time O Safety: Flexible guide clamp, Type B, car Retain and refurbish existing O Guide Rails: Planed steel tees Retain existing O Buffers: Spring Retain existing O Car Enclosure: Steel shell as specified plus $20,000 allowance O and 1,000 lbs. weight allowance for interior finishes Battery powered emergency car lighting. O Provide separate constant pressure test button O in car service compartment. Illuminate portion of normal car lighting O Signal Fixtures: LED illumination O Hall Pushbutton Stations: Single hall pushbutton riser © Car Pushbutton Stations: Dual car operating panels, front and rear O Vandal resistant car and hall pushbuttons 0 Car Position Indicators: Dual digital with car direction arrows 0 In -Car Lanterns: All car entrance columns with volume adjustable O electronic chime or tone. Sound twice for down O direction. Vandal resistant assembly O Communication System: Intercom with distress signal O Self -dialing, vandal resistant, push to call, two- way telephone system with recall, tracking, and voiceless communication O Fixture Submittal:. Submit brochure depicting contractor's O proposed designs with proposal Additional Features: Car top inspection station Car and counterweight roller guides 0 Firefighters' service, Phases I and II, including alternate floor return O Accessibility and emergency medical services signage O Swing car return panels arranged for integral Q car operating panels O Hoistway access switches, top and bottom O floors O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 O LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 Page 11 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Elevator 3 Existing Equipment Disposition Independent service feature Future card reader provisions Future CCTV wiring provisions Machine, power conversion unit, and controller sound isolation Tamper resistant fasteners for all fastenings exposed to the public One year warranty maintenance with 24-hour call-back service Seismic devices Signage engraving filled with black paint or approved etching process No Visible company name or logo Wiring diagrams, operating instructions, and parts ordering information System diagnostic means and instructions C. Two Passenger Elevators: Unless specifically identified as "retain existing," provide new equipment. Elevators 4 and 5 Existing Equipment Disposition Capacity: 3,500 lbs. 3,500 lbs. Class Loading: Passenger Class A Retain existing Contract Speed: 350 fpm 350 fpm Roping: 1:1 Provide required modifications and roping configuration necessary for new machines Machine: Geared traction with DC motors Provide new AC gearless machines Machine Location: Overhead Retain existing Operational Control: US Elevator Relay Logic Duplex selective collective microprocessor - based system Motor Control: Motor Generators AC variable voltage variable frequency microprocessor -based with digital closed-loop feedback Power Characteristics: Field verify Retain existing Stops and Openings: Elevator 4: 2 front Elevator 5: 5, all front Floors Served: Elevator 4: Front: 1, 3; Rear: 2 Elevator 5: 1-5 Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. Elevator 4: 5, all front Elevator 5: Retain existing Elevator 4: 1-5 Elevator 5: Retain existing July 11, 2017 Page 12 O O a a O C a 0 O O O O 0 C O C C C C 0 C 0 C C C 0 0 0 0 0 C C C O C C C O 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Elevators 4 and 5 Existing Equipment Disposition Travel: Platform Size: Clear Inside Car: Entrance Size: Entrance Type: Door Operator: Door Protection: Safety: Guide Rails: Buffers: Car Enclosure: Field verify Field verify Field verify 42" wide x 84" high Single -speed center -opening Medium -speed heavy-duty Safety edge and light ray Flexible guide clamp, Type B, Planed steel tees Oil Signal Fixtures: Hall Pushbutton Stations: Car Pushbutton Stations: Car Position Indicators: Hall Lanterns: Hall Car Position Indicator: Communication System: Fixture Submittal: Additional Features: Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. Elevator 4: 1-5 Elevator 5: Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing Retain existing New high-speed heavy-duty with 2% fps minimum opening speed Infrared full screen device with differential timing, nudging, and interrupted beam time car Retain and refurbish existing Retain existing Retain existing Steel shell as specified plus $20,000 allowance and 1,000 lbs. weight allowance for interior finishes Battery powered emergency car lighting. Provide separate constant pressure test button in car service compartment. Illuminate portion of normal car lighting LED illumination Single hall pushbutton riser Single car operating panel Vandal resistant car and hall pushbuttons Single digital with car direction arrows At all floors with volume adjustable electronic chime or tone. Sound twice for down direction Digital with car direction arrows at all floors. Intercom with distress signal , Self -dialing, vandal resistant, push to call, two- way telephone system with recall, tracking, and voiceless communication Submit brochure depicting contractor's proposed designs with bid Car top inspection station Car and counterweight roller guides July 11, 2017 Page 13 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Elevators 4 and 5 Existing Equipment Disposition i 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES Firefighters' service, Phases I and II, including alternate floor return Accessibility and emergency medical services signage Swing car return panels arranged for integral car operating panels Hoistway access switches, top and bottom floors Load -weighing device Independent service feature Future card reader provisions Future CCTV provisions Machine, power conversion unit, and controller sound isolation Tamper resistant fasteners for all fastenings exposed to the public One year warranty maintenance with 24-hour call-back service Seismic devices Signage engraving filled with black paint or approved etching process No Visible company name or logo Wiring diagrams, operating instructions, and parts ordering information System diagnostic means and instructions A. Steel: 1. Sheet Steel (Furniture Steel for Exposed Work): Stretcher -leveled, cold -rolled, commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A366, matte finish. 2. Sheet Steel (for Unexposed Work): Hot -rolled, commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A568/A568M-03. 3. Structural Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36. B. Stainless Steel: Type 302 or 304 complying with ASTM A240, with standard tempers and hardness required for fabrication, strength and durability. Apply mechanical finish on fabricated work in the locations shown or specified, Federal Standard and NAAMM nomenclature, with texture and reflectivity required to match Architect's sample. Protect with adhesive paper covering.. 1. No. 4 Satin: Directional polish finish. Graining directions as shown or, if not shown, in longest dimension. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 14 0 0 O LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 2. No. 8 Mirror: Reflective polish finish with no visible graining. 3. Textured: 5WL as manufactured by Rigidized Metals or 5 -SM as manufactured by Rimex O Metals or approved equal with .050 inches mean pattern depth with bright directional O polish (satin finish). 4. Burnished: Non -directional, random abrasion pattern. 0 O C. Bronze: Stretcher -leveled, re -squared sheets composed of 60% copper and 40% zinc similar to Muntz Metal, Alloy Group 2, with standard temper and hardness required for fabrication, strength, and durability. Clean and treat bronze surfaces before mechanical finish. After completion of the final mechanical finish on the fabricated work, use a chemical cleaner to O produce finish, Federal Standard, and NAAMM nomenclature, matching Architect's sample: O 1. No. 4 Satin: Directional polish finish, fine -satin, clear -coated with clear -organic coating recommended by Fabricator. Provide graining direction as shown or, if not shown, in O longest dimension. 2. No. 8 Mirror: Reflective polish finish with no visible graining, bright -polished, clear -coated O finish with clear -organic lacquer coating recommended by Fabricator. O 3. Acid -Etched Pattern: Provide a No. 8 mirror reflective -polished background with selectively acid -etched, matte -textured, custom pattern as shown. Acid selection and dilution, if required, as recommended by Fabricator. After final finishing, coat bronze with clear -organic lacquer coating recommended by Fabricator. D. Aluminum: Extrusions per ASTM B221; sheet and plate per ASTM B209. 0 E. Plastic Laminate: ASTM E84 Class A and NEMA LD3.1, Fire -Rated Grade (GP -50), Type 7, 0 0.050" ±.005" thick, color and texture as follows: 1. Exposed Surfaces: Color and texture selected by Architect. O 2. Concealed Surfaces: Contractor's standard color and finish. O F. Fire -Retardant Treated Particle Board Panels: Minimum 3/4" thick backup for natural finished O wood and plastic laminate veneered panels, edged and faced as shown, provided with suitable anti -warp backing; meet ASTM E84 Class "I" rating with a flame -spread rating of 25 or less, 0 registered with Local Authorities for elevator finish materials. Co) G. Natural Finish Wood Veneer: Standard thickness, 1/40" thoroughly dried conforming to ASME/HPMA HP -1983, Premium Grade. Place veneer, tapeless spliced with grain running in direction shown, belt and polish sanded, book -matched. Species and finish designated and approved by Architect. O H. Paint: Clean exposed metal parts and assemblies of oil, grease, scale, and other foreign matter 0 and factory paint one shop coat of standard rust -resistant primer. After erection, provide one 0 finish coat of industrial enamel paint. Galvanized metal need not be painted. I. Prime Finish: Clean all metal surfaces receiving a baked enamel paint finish of oil, grease, and scale. Apply one coat of rust -resistant primer followed by a filler coat over uneven surfaces. 0 Sand smooth and apply final coat of primer. O J. Baked Enamel Finish: Prime finish per above. Unless specified "prime finish" only, apply and bake three additional coats of enamel in the selected solid color. 0 2.3 CAR AND GROUP PERFORMANCE O A. Car Speed: ±3% of contract speed under any loading condition. 0 B. Car Capacity: Safely lower, stop and hold 125% of rated load. 0 O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 O LB Project N2 0100013206-001 Page 15 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Car Stopping Zone: ±1/4" under any loading condition. D. Door Opening Time: Seconds from start of opening to fully open. 1. Passenger Elevators 1-2, and 4-5: 1.6 seconds. 2. Service Elevator 3: 3.0 seconds. E. Door Closing Time: Seconds from start of closing to fully closed. 1. Passenger Elevators 1-2 and 4-5: 2.4 seconds. 2. Service Elevator 3: 4.7 seconds. F. Car Floor -to -Floor Performance Time: Seconds from start of doors closing until doors are 3/4 open for center -opening doors or 1/2 open for side -opening doors, and car level and stopped at next successive floor under any loading condition or travel direction (16'-0" typical floor height). 1. Passenger Elevators 1-2 and 4-5: 9.9 seconds. 2. Service Elevator 3: 15.3 seconds. G. Car Ride Quality: 1. Horizontal and vertical acceleration within car during all riding and door operating conditions. Not more than 20 mg peak to peak (adjacent peaks) in the 1-10 Hz range. 2. Acceleration and Deceleration: Smooth constant and not less than 3 feet/second2 with an initial ramp between 0.5 and 0.75 second. 3. Sustained Jerk: Not more than 6 feet/second3. 4. Measurement Standards: Measure and evaluate ride quality consistent with ISO 18738, using low pass cutoff frequency of 10 Hz and A95 peak -to -peak average calculations. H. Noise and Vibration Control 1. Airborne Noise: Measured noise level of elevator equipment and its operation shall not exceed 60 dBA inside car under any condition including door operation and car ventilation exhaust blower on its highest speed. Limit noise level in the machine room relating to elevator equipment and its operation to no more than 80 dBA. All dBA readings to be taken 3'-0" off the floor and 3'-0" from the equipment using the "A" weighted scale. 2. Vibration Control: All elevator equipment provided under this contract, including'power unit, controller, oil supply lines, and their support shall be mechanically isolated from the building structure and electrically isolated from the building power supply and to each other to minimize the possibility of objectionable noise and vibrations being transmitted to occupied areas of the building. 2.4 OPERATION A. Selective Collective Microprocessor -Based, Car 3: 1. Operate car without attendant from pushbuttons in car and located at each floor. When car is available, automatically start car and dispatch it to floor corresponding to registered car or hall call. Once car starts, respond to registered calls in direction of travel and in the order the floors are reached. 2. Do not reverse car direction until all car calls have been answered, or until all hall calls ahead of car and corresponding to the direction of car travel have been answered. 3. Slow car and stop automatically at floors corresponding to registered calls, in the order in which they are approached in either direction of travel. As slowdown is initiated for a hall call, automatically cancel hall call. Cancel car calls in the same manner. Hold car at arrival floor an adjustable time interval to allow passenger transfer. 4. Answer calls corresponding to direction in which car is traveling unless call in the opposite direction is highest (or lowest) call registered. 5. Illuminate appropriate pushbutton to indicate call registration. Extinguish light when call is answered. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 16 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION o Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Duplex Selective Collective Microprocessor -Based, Cars 1-2 and Cars 4-5: 1. Operate cars without attendants from pushbuttons in cars and located at each floor. Q When cars are available, park one car at main floor ("home" car). Park other car where Q last used ("free" car). 2. Respond to car calls and hall calls above main floor using the free car. Once a car has Q started, respond to registered calls in the direction of travel and in the order the floors are CDreached. 3. Do not reverse car direction until all car calls have been answered, or until all hall calls 0 ahead of the car and corresponding to the direction of car travel have been answered. 4. Slow cars and stop automatically at floors corresponding to registered calls in the order in Q which they are approached in either direction of travel. As slowdown is initiated for a hall Q call, automatically cancel hall call. Cancel car calls in the same manner. Hold car at arrival floor an adjustable time interval to allow passenger transfer. CD 5. Answer calls corresponding to direction in which car is traveling unless call in the opposite direction is the highest (or lowest) call registered. w 6. When the free car is clearing calls, start home car to respond to: Q a. A call registered on home car pushbuttons. b. An up hall call registered below free car. Q c. An up or a down call registered above free car while free car is traveling down. d. A hall call when free car is delayed in its normal operation for a predetermined CD period. Q 7. When both cars are clearing calls, stop only one car in response to any registered hall call. Return the first car to clear its calls to main floor. Should last service required bring Q both cars to main floor, the first arriving car becomes the free car. Q 8. Illuminate appropriate pushbutton to indicate call registration. Extinguish light when call is answered. Q C. Other Items: Q 1. Load Weighing: Provide means for weighing car passenger load. Control system to Q provide dispatching at main floor in advance of normal intervals when car fills to capacity. Provide hall call by-pass when the car is filled to preset percentage of rated capacity and Q traveling in down direction. Field adjustment range: 10%-100%. ® 2. Independent Service: Provide controls for operation of each car from its pushbuttons only. Close doors by constant pressure on desired destination floor button or door close Q button. Open doors automatically upon arrival at selected floor. Q - D. Firefighters' Service: Provide equipment and operation in accordance with Code requirements. Q E. Automatic Car Stopping Zone: Stop car within 1/4" above or below the landing sill. Maintain Q stopping zone regardless of load in car, direction of travel, distance between landings, hoist ® rope slippage or stretch. Q F. Motion Control: Microprocessor based AC, variable -voltage, variable. frequency (ACV3F) with digitally encoded closed-loop velocity feedback suitable for operation specified and capable of Q providing smooth, comfortable car acceleration, retardation, and dynamic braking. Limit the difference in car speed between full load and no load to not more than ±3% of the contract 0 speed. G. Door Operation: Automatically open doors when car arrives at main floor. At expiration of 0 normal dwell time, close doors. H. Standby Lighting and Alarm: Car mounted battery unit with solid-state charger to operate alarm Q bell and car emergency lighting. Battery to be rechargeable with minimum five-year life expectancy. Include required transformer. Provide constant pressure test button in service Q compartment of car operating panel. Provide lighting integral with portion of normal car lighting C system. O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 LB Project Ng 0100013206-001 Page 17 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. O CD • • LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION 0 Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT • I. Card/Proximity Reader Security System: Provide provisions inside all cars for future reader unit. • Mount reader unit as directed by Architect and cross connect from car pushbuttons to control • module in machine room. Reader control unit, mounting brackets, wiring materials, logic circuits, etc., by Security Subcontractor. • J. Pushbutton Crossover Network: Provide an interim crossover network to interface new and old • group supervisory systems for purposes of cross cancellation of registered car and hall calls • until modernization of individual group is complete. . 2.5 MACHINE ROOM EQUIPMENT , A. Arrange equipment in existing machine room spaces to maintain code -required maintenance • and electrical clearances. • B. Gearless Traction Hoist Machine: • 1. AC induction or P.M.S.M. ACV3F gearless traction type motor with brake, drive sheave, and deflector sheave mounted in proper alignment on a common, isolated bedplate. • Provide bedplate blocking to elevate secondary or deflector sheave above machine room • floor. 2. Provide hoist machine mounted direct drive, digital, closed-loop velocity encoder. • 3. Hoist machine installations which require blockouts through machine room floor for other than hoist ropes shall be provided with a 14 -gauge galvanized sheet metal enclosure • over entire blockout on underside of floor slab. • C. Solid State Power Conversion and Regulation Unit: • 1. Provide solid state, alternating current, variable voltage, variable frequency (ACV'F), • I.G.B.T. converter/inverter drives. 2. Design unit to limit current, suppress noise, and prevent transient voltage feedback into • building power supply. Provide internal heat sink cooling fans for the power drive portion of the converter panels. Conform to IEEE standards 519-1992 for line harmonics and • switching noise. • 3. Isolate unit to minimize noise and vibration transmission. Provide isolation transformers, filter networks, and choke inductors. • 4. Suppress solid-state converter noises, radio frequency interference, and eliminate regenerative transients induced into the mainline feeders or the building standby power • generator. • 5. Supplemental direct-current power for the operation of hoist machine brake, door operator, dispatch processor, signal fixtures, etc., from separate static power supply. 6. ACV3F Drives for gearless elevators shall be regenerative and utilize IGBT converter/inverter and dynamic braking during overhauling condition. • • D. Encoder: Direct drive, solid-state, digital type. Update car position at each floor and automatically restore after power loss. • E. Controller: UL/CSA labeled. 1. Compartment: Securely mount all assemblies, power supplies, chassis switches, relays, etc., on a substantial, self-supporting steel frame. Completely enclose equipment with covers. Provide means to prevent overheating. 2. Relay Design: Magnet operated with contacts of design and material to insure maximum conductivity, long life, and reliable operation without overheating or excessive wear. Provide wiping action and means to prevent sticking due to fusion. Contacts carrying high inductive currents shall be provided with arc deflectors or suppressors. 3. Microprocessor -Related Hardware: a. Provide built-in noise suppression devices which provide a high level of noise immunity on all solid-state hardware and devices. b. Provide power supplies with noise suppression devices. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 18 • • • • • • • • • • • • Q Q O LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Q Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q . c. Isolate inputs from external devices (such as pushbuttons) with opto-isolation modules. © d. Design control circuits with one leg of power supply grounded. Q e. Safety circuits shall not be affected by accidental grounding of any part of the system. Q f. System shall automatically restart when power is restored. O g. System memory shall be retained in the event of power failure or disturbance. h. Equipment shall be provided with Electro Magnetic Interference (EMI) shielding Q within FCC guidelines. O 4. Wiring: CSA labeled copper for factory wiring. Neatly route all wiring interconnections and securely attach wiring connections to studs or terminals. Q 5. Permanently mark components (relays, fuses, PC boards, etc.) with symbols shown on wiring diagrams. O 6. Provide controller or machine mounted auxiliary, lockable "open," disconnect if mainline 0 disconnect is not in sight of controller and/or machine. Q F. Sleeves and Guards: Provide 2" steel angle guards around cable or duct slots through floor slabs or grating. Provide rope and smoke guards for sheaves, cables, and cable slots in O machine room. Q G. Machine and Equipment Support Beams: Retain existing in place. Provide all required Q modification, supplemental supports and attachments required for new machines. Modifications Q must not compromise structural integrity of support beams. Q H. Governor: Provide new centrifugal -type or friction -type, car driven machine room mounted with pull-through jaws and bi-directional shutdown switches. Provide required bracketing and supports for attachment to building structure. Q 2.6 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT A. Guide Rails: Retain main and counterweight guide rails in place. Q 1. Clean rails and brackets. Remove rust, dust and other accumulation. Q 2. Check all rail and bracket fastenings and tighten. Q B. Buffers, Car and Counterweight: Retain existing. 1. Drain, flush, refill, and test. Q 2. Rebuild as required and paint. C. Sheaves: Provide new. Machined grooves and sealed bearings. Provide mounting and necessary block -up beams to locate deflector sheaves in machine rooms in lieu of locating them Q at the top of the hoistway where the existing sheaves are located. Q D. Counterweight: Retain existing. 0 E. Counterweight Guide Shoes: Provide new spring dampened roller guide shoes. F. Counterweight Guard: Retain existing. G. Governor Rope and Encoder Tape Tensioning Sheaves: Mount sheaves and support frame on pit floor or guide rail. Provide frame with guides or pivot point to enable free vertical movement and proper tension of rope and tape. H. Hoist and Governor Ropes: 1. 8 x 19 or 8 x 25 Seale construction, traction steel type. Fasten with staggered length, adjustable, spring isolated wedge type shackles. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 LB Project Ne 0100013206-001 Page 19 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Governor rope to suit Contractor's specification. I. Terminal Stopping: Provide normal and final devices. 2.7 J. Electrical Wiring and Wiring Connections: 1. Conductors and Connections: a. Copper throughout with individual wires coded and connections on identified studs or terminal blocks. b. Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks, control compartments, or junction boxes. c. Provide 10% spare conductors throughout. Run spare wires from car connection points to individual elevator controllers in the machine room. d. Provide four pair of spare shielded communication wires in addition to those required to connect specified items. e. Tag spares in machine room. 2. Conduit: a. Painted or galvanized steel conduit, EMT, or duct. b. Minimum Conduit Size: 1/2". c. Flexible heavy-duty service cord may be used between fixed car wiring and car door switches for door protective devices. 3. Traveling Cables: a. Flame and moisture -resistant outer cover. Prevent traveling cable from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or equipment within hoistway. b. Provide five pair of shielded wires and two RG -6/U type coaxial cables for future card reader provisions. c. Provide two RG -6/U coaxial CCTV cables within traveling cable from car controller to car top, plus 3'-0" excess loop at both ends. d. Provide two pair 14 gauge wire for CCTV power for future CCTV provisions. 4. Auxiliary Wiring: Connect fire alarm initiating devices, emergency two-way communication system, and intercom system in each car controller in machine room. K. Entrance Equipment: Refurbish/replace and adjust assemblies to ensure smooth and quiet mechanical open and close of doors. 1. Door Hangers and Rollers: Two-point hanger roller with neoprene roller surface and suspension with eccentric upthrust roller adjustment. 2. Door Track: Retain existing. Clean and sand for smooth, quiet operation. Check and tighten all fastenings. 3. Door Interlocks: Operable without retiring cam. Paint interlock box flat black. 4. Door Closers: Spring or spirator. Design and adjust to insure smooth, quiet mechanical close of doors. L. Hoistway Door Unlocking Device: Retain existing. • M. Hoistway Access Switches: Provide new access key switches at top and bottom landings. Mount in new hall pushbutton fixtures. N. Floor Numbers: Stencil paint 4" high floor designations in contrasting color on inside face of hoistway doors or hoistway fascia in location visible from within car. HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A Frames: Retain existing. B Frames, Elevator 4: Provide new at Levels 1, 4, and 5. 14 gauge hollow metal at all floors. Bolted and lapped head to jamb assembly at Floors 1, 4, and 5. Provide Arabic floor Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 20 4 4 4 • • 4 • •4 • a s • s s s • Q • s e • • 0 • s e s s s • s s s • s s 0 0 O LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT designation/Braille plates, centered at 60" above finished floor, on both side jambs of all O entrances. Provide plates at main egress landing with "Star" designation. For designated emergency car, provide "Star of Life" designation plates at height of 78"-84" above finished floor O on both side jambs at all floors. Braille indications shall be below Arabic floor designation. Provide cast floor designation/Braille plates as manufactured by SCS, Vision Mark, or Entrada. O C. Door Panels: Retain existing. Provide new door gibs with fire tabs at all floors. Minimum two gibs per panel, one at leading edge, and one at trailing edge of each panel. 0 O D. Door Panels, Elevator 4: Provide new at Levels 1, 4, and 5: 16 -gauge steel, sandwich construction without binder angles. Provide leading edges of center -opening doors with rubber O astragals. Provide a minimum of two gibs per panel, one at leading and one at trailing edge with gibs in the sill groove entire length of door travel. Construct door panels with interlocking 0 stiffening ribs. O E. Sight Guards: Retain existing. Replace damaged sight guards. F. Sight Guards, Elevator 4: Provide new at Levels 1, 4, and 5. 14 gauge, same material and finish O as hoistway entrance door panels. Construct without sharp edges. O G. Sills: Retain and refurbish existing. Sand sill grooves to remove irregularities. Clean and polish. O Check and tighten all fastenings. O H. Sills, Elevator 4: Provide new at Levels 1, 4, and 5: Extruded aluminum. © I. Sill Supports: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. 0 O J. Fascia and Toe Guards: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. K. Struts and Headers: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. L. Struts and Headers, Elevator 4: Provide new at Levels 1, 4, and 5. Provide for vertical support O of entrances and related material. Provide door open bumpers on entrances equipped with vertical struts. 0 O M. Finish of Frames and Doors: Retain existing 2.8 CAR EQUIPMENT O A. Frame: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. B. Safety Device: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. Disassemble, clean, and O inspect components. Reassemble and test for proper operation. Provide photographs of O disassembled safeties for verification that work has been completed. O C. Platform: Retain existing. Reinforce if required. Check and tighten all fastenings. O D. Platform Apron: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. Replace damaged or missing O sections. O E. Guide Shoes: Provide new. Roller type with three or more spring dampened, sound -deadening O rollers per shoe. 0 0 © Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 LB Project N2 0100013206-001 Page 21 © 2017. Lerch Bates Inc. 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT F. Finish Floor Covering: Provide new under $20,000 per cab interior finish allowance. G. Sills: Retain existing. Clean and polish. Check and tighten all fastenings. H. Doors: Retain existing. Retrofit dual gibs, one at trailing edge and one at leading edge of each panel. I. Door Hangers: Two-point hanger roller with neoprene roller surface and suspension with eccentric upthrust roller adjustment. J. Door Track: Retain existing. Clean and sand for smooth, quiet operation. Check and tighten all fastenings. K. Door Header: Retain existing. Check and tighten all fastenings. L. Door Electrical Contact: Prohibit new to prohibit car operation unless car door is closed. M. Door Clutch: Provide new heavy-duty clutch, linkage arms, drive blocks, and pickup rollers or cams to provide positive, smooth, quiet door operation. Design clutch so car doors can be closed, while hoistway doors remain open. N. Restricted Opening Device: Restrict opening of car doors outside unlocking zone. Plunger type restrictors not acceptable. 0.. Door Operator: Provide new. 1. High-speed heavy-duty door operator capable of opening doors at no less than 2% fps. Accomplish reversal in no more than 2%" of door movement. Provide solid-state door control with closed loop circuitry to constantly monitor and automatically adjust door operation based upon velocity, position, and motor current. Maintain consistent, smooth, and quiet door operation at all floors, regardless of door weight or varying air pressure. 2. Acceptable closed-loop door operators: a. KONE: AMD 2.0 b. Otis: Glide A c. Schindler: QKS 15 Heavy Duty d. thyssenkrupp: HD91 StarTrac e. G.A.L.: MOVFR P. Door Control Device: 1. Infrared Reopening Device: a. Black fully enclosed device with full screen infrared matrix or multiple beams extending vertically along leading edge of each door panel to minimum height of 7'- 0" above finished floor. Device shall prevent doors from closing and reverse doors at normal opening speed if beams are obstructed while doors are closing, except during nudging operation. In event of device failure, provide for automatic shutdown of car at floor level with doors open b. Acceptable Infrared Reopening Device: 1) Cegard/MAX-154 by CEDES 2) Gatekeeper by Adams 3) Lambda II by Otis 4) Magic Edge by Tri -Tronics 5) Microlite by thyssenkrupp 6) Microscan E by T.L. Jones 7) , Pana40 Plus by Janus 2. Nudging Operation: After beams of door control device are obstructed for a predetermined time interval (minimum 20.0-25.0 seconds), warning signal shall sound Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project N2 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc; July 11, 2017 Page 22 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 Q 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT and doors shall attempt to close with a maximum of 2.5 foot pounds kinetic energy. Activation of the door open button shall override nudging operation and reopen doors. 3. Interrupted Beam Time: When beams are interrupted during initial door opening, hold Q door open a minimum of 3.0 seconds. When beams are interrupted after the initial 3.0 second hold open time, reduce time doors remain open to an adjustable time of 0 approximately 1.0-1.5 seconds after beams are reestablished. Q 4. Differential Door Time: Provide separately adjustable timers to vary time that doors remain open after stopping in response to calls. 0 a. Car Call: Hold open time adjustable between 3.0 and 5.0 seconds. b. Hall Call: Hold open time adjustable between 5.0 and 8.0 seconds. Use hall call Q time when car responds to coincidental calls. © Q. Car Operating Panel: 1. Passenger Elevators: One car operating panel without faceplate, consisting of a metal O box containing mounted in new full swing front return panel in place of existing car operating panel and return. Faceplate shall be hinged and constructed of stainless steel, CD satin finish. 2. Service Elevator: Two car operating panels without faceplates, consisting of a metal box Q containing mounted in new full swing front return panel in place of existing car operating Q panel and return. Faceplates shall be hinged and constructed of stainless steel, satin finish. 3. Suitably identify floor buttons, alarm button, door open button, door close button and emergency push -to -call button with SCS, Visionmark, or Entrada cast tactile symbols. Q Configure plates per local building code accessibility standards including Braille. Locate O operating controls no higher than 48" above the car floor; no lower than 35" for emergency push -to -call button and alarm button. Q 4. Provide minimum 3/4" diameter raised or flush floor pushbuttons which illuminate to indicate call registration. 0 5. Provide alarm button to ring bell located on car. Illuminate button when actuated. Q 6. Provide keyed stop switch at bottom of car operating panel in locked car service compartment. Q 7. Provide "door open" button to stop and reopen doors or hold doors in open position. 8. Provide "door close" button to activate door close cycle. Cycle shall not begin until normal Q door dwell time for a car or hall call has expired, except firefighters' operation. Q 9. Provide firefighters' Phase II key switch with engraved instructions filled red. Include light jewel, buzzer, and call cancel button. Q 10. Provide lockable service compartment with recessed flush door. Door material and finish shall match car return panel or car operating panel faceplate. Q 11. Include the following controls in lockable service cabinet with function and operating O positions identified by permanent signage or engraved legend: a. Inspection switch. Q b. Light switch. O c. Three -position exhaust blower switch. d. Independent service switch. Q e. Constant pressure test button for battery pack emergency lighting. f. 120 -volt, AC, GFCI protected electrical convenience outlet. Q g. Card reader override switch. O h. Stop switch. i. Switch to select either floor voice annunciation, floor passing tone, or chime. 12. Provide black paint filled (except as noted), engraved, or approved etched signage as follows with approved size and font: 0 a. Phase II firefighters' operating instructions on main operating panel above Q corresponding keyswitch filled red. b. Car number on main car operating panel. 0 c. Car capacity in pounds on service compartment door. 0 Q Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 Q LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 Page 23 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 Q LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT d. Elevator 3: Freight loading classification and description on service compartment door. R. Car Top Control Station: Provide new: Mount to provide safe access and utilization while standing in an upright position on car top. S. Car Top Guardrails: Provide New. Furnish and install car top guardrails at side and rear of each cab, including a toe board, middle rail and upper rail. Provide additional guarded fluorescent lighting or LED lighting mounted to the rear -guard rail connected to the car top control station lighting to provide additional illumination of car top space. T. Car Top Emergency Exit Contact: Provide lock with electrical contact to prohibit elevator operation, when the emergency exit is opened U. Work Light and Duplex Plug Receptacle: Provide new GFCI protected outlet at top and bottom of car. Include on/off switch and lamp guard. Provide additional GFCI protected outlet on car top for installation of future car CCTV V. Communication System: 1. "Push to Call," two-way communication instrument in car with automatic dialing, tracking, and recall features with shielded wiring to car controller in machine room. Provide dialer with automatic rollover capability with minimum two numbers. a. "Push to Call" button or adjacent light jewel shall illuminate and flash when call is acknowledged. Button shall match car operating panel pushbutton design. Provide uppercase "PUSH TO CALL" "HELP ON THE WAY" engraved signage adjacent to button. b. Provide "Push to Call" button tactile symbol, engraved signage, and Braille adjacent to button mounted integral with car front return panel. 2. Provide two-way communication between car and machine room if required. 2.9 CAR ENCLOSURE ' A. Retain existing car shell. Remove existing interior finishes, weigh, and document. Check and tighten all fastenings. Provide new interior finishes as specified and/or detailed on architectural drawings.. Verify weight of new interior finishes does not exceed weight of removed finishes by more than Code allowable. Modify shell for application of new signal and pushbutton fixtures. B. Included interior allowance of $20,000 per elevator for interior car finishes. 2.10 HALL CONTROL STATIONS A. Pushbuttons: Provide one riser with flush mounted faceplates. Include pushbuttons for each direction of travel which illuminate to indicate call registration. Include approved engraved message and pictorial representation prohibiting use of elevator during fire or other emergency situation as part of faceplate. Pushbutton design shall match car operating panel pushbuttons. Provide any cutting and patching required. 2.11 SIGNALS A. Hall Lantern, Cars 1-2 and 4-5: Provide at each entrance to indicate travel direction of arriving car. Illuminate up or down LED lights and sound tone once for up and twice for down direction prior to car arrival at floor. Sound level shall be adjustable from 20-80 dBA measured at 5"-0" in front of hall control station and 3'-0" off floor. Illuminate light until the car doors start to close. Provide advanced predictive hall lantern notification to comply with ADA hall call notification Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 24 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR ,MODERNIZATION Q Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT time. Car direction lenses shall be arrow shaped with faceplates. Lenses shall be minimum 2W in their smallest dimension. B. Car Position Indicator: Alpha -numeric digital indicator containing floor designations and direction arrows a minimum of 1/2" high to indicate floor served and direction of car travel. Locate fixture O in each car operating panel. When a car leaves or passes a floor, illuminate indication O representing position of car in hoistway. Illuminate proper direction arrow to indicate direction of travel. 0 C. Hall Position Indicator, Cars 1-2 and 4-5: Alpha -numeric digital indicator containing floor O designations and direction arrows a minimum of 1/2" high to indicate floor served and direction O of car travel. O D. Faceplate Material and Finish: Satin finish stainless steel, all fixtures. O E. Floor Passing Tone: Provide an audible tone of no less than 20 decibels and frequency of no higher than 1500 Hz, to sound as the car passes or stops at a floor served. 0 2.12 INTERCOM AND DISTRESS SIGNAL SYSTEM O A. General: Provide intercommunication system for all cars. Include all wiring between elevator 0 hoistways and control panels. Include the following stations: O Station Location Type Station Selection Buttons to Call C.) Elevator Machine Room Master Lobby, All Cars O Lobby Master Machine Rooms, All Cars O All Cars Remote O 2.13 SEISMIC OPERATIONS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide design, components, and operation per governing code. Provide dual counterweight O derailment sensing wires vertically each side of counterweight the entire height of travel. The O counterweight frame shall be equipped with a minimum of four derailment rings. A dual axis seismic switch shall be provided that will activate at no less than 0.15 times gravity in the O vertical or horizontal directions. A minimum of one seismic switch shall be provided per single or group of elevators. Counterweight retainer plates must be bolted. PART 3 EXECUTION 0 3.1 SITE CONDITION INSPECTION A. Prior to beginning installation of equipment, examine hoistway and machine room areas. Verify no irregularities exist which affect execution of work specified. O B. Do not proceed with installation until work in place conforms to project requirements. O 3.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING O A. Deliver material in Contractor's original, unopened protective packaging. B. Store material in original protective packaging. Prevent soiling, physical damage, or moisture O damage. 0 O Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 O LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 Page 25 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Protect equipment and exposed finishes from damage and stains during transportation, erection, and construction. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment in accordance with Contractor's instructions, referenced codes, specification, and approved submittals. B. Install machine room equipment with clearances in accordance with referenced codes, and specification. C. Install all equipment so it may be easily removed for maintenance and repair. D. Install all equipment for ease of maintenance. E. Install all equipment to afford maximum accessibility, safety, and continuity of operation. F. Remove oil, grease, scale, and other foreign matter from the following equipment and apply one coat of field -applied machinery enamel. 1. All exposed equipment and metal work installed as part of this work which does not have architectural finish. 2. Machine room equipment, hoistway equipment including guide rails, guide rail brackets, and pit equipment. 3. Neatly touch up damaged factory -painted surfaces with original paint color. Protect machine -finish surfaces against corrosion. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Work at jobsite will be checked during course of installation. Full cooperation with reviewing personnel is mandatory. Accomplish corrective work required prior to performing further installation. Have Code Authority acceptance inspection performed and complete corrective work. 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS A. Install rails plumb and align vertically with tolerance of 1/16" in 100'-0". Secure joints without gaps and file any irregularities to a smooth surface. B. Static balance car to equalize pressure of guide shoes on guide rails. C. Lubricate all equipment in accordance with Contractor's instructions. D. Adjust motors, power conversion units, brakes, controllers, leveling switches, limit switches, stopping switches, door operators, interlocks, and safety devices to achieve required performance levels. 3.6 CLEANUP A. Keep work areas orderly and free from debris during progress of project. Remove packaging materials on a daily basis. B. Remove all loose materials and filings resulting from work. C. Clean machine room equipment and floor. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project N9 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 26 0 0 0 LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION O Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 D. Clean hoistways, car, car enclosure, entrances, operating and signal fixtures. As a minimum: 0 1. Elevator hoistways and all equipment therein shall be cleaned and left free of rust, filings, welding slag, rubbish, loose plaster, mortar drippings, extraneous construction materials, 0 dirt, and dust. Include walls, building beams, sill ledges, and hoistway divider beams. 2. Care shall be taken by workpersons not to mark, soil, or otherwise deface existing or new surfaces. Clean and restore such surfaces to their original condition. 0 3. Clean down surfaces and areas which require final painting and finishing work. Cleaning includes removal of rubbish, broom cleaning of floors, removal of any loose plaster or 3 mortar, dust and other extraneous materials from finish surfaces, and surfaces which will remain visible after the work is complete. 0 3.7 ACCEPTANCE REVIEW AND TESTS 0 A. Review procedure shall apply for individual elevators, portions of groups of elevators and 3 completed groups of elevators accepted on an interim basis, or elevators and groups of elevators completed, accepted, and placed in operation. B. Contractor shall perform review and evaluation of all aspects of its work prior to requesting Consultant's final review. Work shall be considered ready for Consultant's final contract compliance review when all Contractor's tests are complete and all elements of work or a designated portion thereof are in place and elevator or group of elevators are deemed ready for service as intended. C. Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for Consultant's review. Notify Consultant five working days in advance when ready for final review of elevator or group of elevators. D. Consultant's written list of observed deficiencies of materials, equipment and operating systems will be submitted to Contractor for corrective action. Consultant's review shall include as a minimum: • 1. Workmanship and equipment compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Contract speed, capacity, floor -to -floor, and door performance comply with Contract Documents. 3. Performance of following is satisfactory: a. Starting, accelerating, running b. Decelerating, stopping accuracy c. Door operation and closing force d. Equipment noise levels e. Signal fixture utility f. Overall ride quality g. Performance of door control devices h. Operations of emergency two-way communication device i. Operations of firefighters' service j. Operations of seismic devices 4. Test Results: a. In all test conditions, obtain specified contract speed, performance times, stopping accuracy without re -leveling, and ride quality to satisfaction of Purchaser and Consultant. Tests shall be conducted under both no load and full load condition. b. Temperature rise in motor windings limited to 50° Celsius above ambient. A full - capacity one-hour running test, stopping at each floor for ten seconds in up and down directions, may be required. E. Performance Guarantee: Should Consultant's review identify defects, poor workm'anship, variance or noncompliance with requirements of specified codes and/or ordinances, or variance or noncompliance with the requirements of Contract Documents, Contractor shall complete Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 LB Project Ng 0100013206-001 Page 27 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT corrective work in an expedient manner to satisfaction of Purchaser and Consultant at no cost as follows: 1. Replace equipment which does not meet code or Contract Document requirements. 2. Perform work and furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary to meet specified operation and performance. 3. Perform retesting required by governing code authority, Purchaser and Consultant. F. A follow-up final contract compliance review shall be performed by Consultant after notification by Contractor that all deficiencies have been corrected. Provide Consultant with copies of the initial deficiency report marked to indicate items which Contractor considers complete. If additional reviews are required due to Contractor's gross non-compliance with initial and follow- up deficiency reports, Consultant shall bill Contractor at normal billing rates plus expenses, and Contractor acknowledges it will pay for additional compliance reviews. 3.8 PURCHASER'S INFORMATION A. Provide three sets'of neatly bound written information necessary for proper maintenance and adjustment of equipment within thirty days following final acceptance. Final retention will be withheld until data is received by Purchaser and reviewed by Consultant. Include the following as minimums: 1. Straight-line wiring diagrams of "as -installed" elevator circuits with index of location and function of components. Provide one set reproducible master. Mount one set wiring diagrams on panels, racked, or similarly protected, in elevator machine room. Provide remaining set rolled and in a protective drawing tube. Maintain all drawing sets with addition of all subsequent changes. These diagrams are Purchaser's property. A legend sheet shall be furnished with each set of drawings to provide the following information: a. Name and symbol of each relay, switch, or other apparatus. b. Location on drawings, drawing sheet number and area, and location of all • contacts. c. Location of apparatus, whether on controller or on car. 2. Printed instructions explaining all operating features. 3. Complete software documentation for all installed equipment. 4. Lubrication instructions including recommended grade of lubricants. 5. Parts catalogs for all replaceable parts including Contractor's identifying numbers, ordering forms, and instructions. 6. Four sets of keys for all switches and control features properly tagged and marked. 7. Diagnostic test devices together with all supporting information necessary for interpretation of test data and troubleshooting of elevator system, and performance of routine safety tests. 8. The elevator installation shall be a design which can be maintained by any licensed elevator maintenance company employing journeymen mechanics, without the need to purchase or lease additional diagnostic devices, special tools, or instructions from the original equipment Contractor. a. Provide onsite capability to diagnose faults to the level of individual circuit boards and individual discrete components for the solid state elevator controller. b. Provide a separate, detachable device, as required to the Purchaser as part of this installation if the equipment for fault diagnosis is not completely self-contained within the controller. Such device shall be in possession of and become property of the Purchaser. c. Installed equipment not meeting this requirement shall be removed and replaced with conforming equipment at no cost to the Purchaser. 9. Provide upgrades and/or revisions of software during the progress of the work, warranty period, and the term of the ongoing maintenance agreement between the Purchaser and Contractor. Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington LB Project Ne 0100013206-001 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. July 11, 2017 Page 28 0 O LERCH BATES INC. ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION o Elevator Consulting Group 100% ISSUE FOR PERMIT O B. Acceptance of such records by Purchaser/Consultant shall not be a waiver of any Contractor Q deviation from Contract Documents or shop drawings or in any way relieve Contractor from his responsibility to perform work in accordance with Contract Documents. 0 END OF SECTION 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0� 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 © Boeing Building 9-08, Tukwila, Washington July 11, 2017 Q LB Project Ns 0100013206-001 Page 29 © 2017 Lerch Bates Inc. 0 0 DLR Group Architecture Engineering Planning Interiors Boeing Building 9-08 Modernization of Elevators Developmental Center - Tukwila, Washington ISSUE FOR PERMIT Boeing Project No. 33373-10 DLR Group Project No. 73-17135-00 JULY 14, 2017 ti•• OASIS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 6 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 2 2 2017 PERMIT CENTER NOTICE: These documents are instruments of professional service, and information contained therein is incomplete unless used in conjunction with DLR Group's interpretations, decisions, observations and administrations. Use or reproduction of these documents in whole or in part without DLR Group's consent is in violation of common law, copyrights, statutory and other reserved rights, which preempts state and local public records act. © 2017 DLR Group inc., a Washington corporation, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 's?D\A-ct O O O Project Manual Boeing Building 9-08 Modernization of Elevators Developmental Center - Tukwila, Washingl:on Boeing Project No. 33373-10 DLR Group Project No. 73-17135-00 Issue for Permit July 14, 2017 DLR Group inc., a Washington corporation Architecture Engineering Planning Interiors 51 University St., Suite 600, Seattle, WA 98101 tel 206/461-6000 fax 206/461-6049 O seattle@dlrgroup.com 0 0 8086 REGISTERED ARCHITECT RO9ERTHOFFMAN STATE OF WASHINGTON 7/14n7 REGISTEFid ARCHITECT 0 0 O BOEING BULIDING 9-08 © MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON O ISSUE FOR PERMIT © TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 3 O Specifications: 3 Division 0 — Procurement and Contract Requirements Section 003126 Existing Hazardous Material Information 0 O Division 1 — General Requirements Section 011000 Summary of Work Q Section 012600 Contract Modification Procedures Q Section 013100 Project Management and Coordination Section 013200 Construction Progress Documentation O Section 013300 Submittal Procedures O Section 013300A CAD Electronic Media Transfer Agreement Section 014000 Quality Requirements O Section 014200 References O Section 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 016000 Product Requirements O Section 017300 Execution 3 Section 017329 Cutting and Patching O Section 017419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal Section 017700 Closeout Procedures O Section 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data O Section 017823A O and M PM Data Section 017839 Project Record Documents O Section 019113 General Commissioning Requirements Division 2 - Existing Conditions O Section 024119 Selective Demolition © Divisions 3 — 5 —Not Used Q Division 6 — Wood and Plastics © Section 061053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry Q Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection Section 072100 Thermal Insulation O Section 078413 Penetration Firestopping O Section 078446 Fire Resistive Joint Systems © Section 079200 Joint Sealants. Division 8 — Not Used 0 0 0 O 33373-10 TOC -1 0 0 0 Division 9 - Finishes Section 092216 Non -Structural Metal Framing Section 092900 Gypsum Board Section 096513 Resilient Base and Accessories Section 096813 Tile Carpeting Section 099123 Interior Painting Divisions 10 — 22 —Not Used Division 23 — Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning (HVAC) Section 230517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping Section 230518 Escutcheons for HVAC Piping Section 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment Section 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment Section 230993.11 Sequence of Operations for HVAC DDC Section 238126 Split System Air -Conditioners Divisions 24-25 — Not Used Division 26 — Electrical Section 260519 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Section 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Section 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Section 260544 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling Section 260548.16 Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems Section 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems Section 262726 Wiring Devices Divisions 27 - 28 — Not Used Appendix (under separate cover): Asbestos Good Faith Survey for Building 9-08 A, Center Core Heavy Metals Inspection for Building 9-08 A, Center Core Electrical Panel Schedules END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 33373-10 TOC -2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 0 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 DOCUMENT 003126 - EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION 1.1 EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION O A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are O intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of Bidders' own investigations. They are made available for Bidders' convenience and information, but are not a warranty of existing conditions. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents. 0 B. An existing asbestos report for Project, prepared by Northwest Regulated Materials Management NORMM, dated 6/15/2017, is available under separate cover. 0 O C. An existing heavy metals report for Project, prepared by Northwest Regulated Materials Management NORMM, dated 6/12/2017 is available under separate cover. 0 D. Related Requirements: 1. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for notification requirements if materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered. 0 Q END OF DOCUMENT 003126 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION 003126 - 1 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT © SECTION 011000 — SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL © 1.1 SUMMARY 3 o A. This Section includes the following: O 1. Owner's List of Documents of Terms and Conditions governing the Construction Q Contract. 2. Work covered by the Contract Documents. Q 3. Work phases. 4. Work under other contracts. 5. Use of premises. 6. Owner's occupancy requirements. Q 7. Specification formats and conventions. 8. Order of Precedence 0 © 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 0 A. Sections 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 0 0 A. Project Identification: Boeing Building 9-08 Modernization of Elevators. 0 1. Project Location: Building 9-08, 9725 East Marginal Way South, Tukwila, WA, 98108. O B. Owner: The Boeing Company. © C. Architect: DLR Group, 51 University St., Suite 600, Seattle, WA 98101. 0 D. Mechanical: DLR Group, 51 University St., Suite 600, Seattle, WA 98101. 0 E. Electrical: DLR Group, 51 University St., Suite 600, Seattle, WA 98101. 0 F. Contractor: TBD. 0 QG. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 0 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 0 0 0 0 SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 1 Q 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Inclusion of portions of the work under particular divisions of the specifications or sections of the drawings does not in every case conform to the categories of work customarily subcontracted to particular crafts or trades. The Contractor shall be responsible to inform bidders, subcontractors, crafts and trades that work assigned to them may be contained in sections other than the usual. In. every case, the Contractor shall be responsible to provide and coordinate at its cost, all work required in the Contract Documents. B. The Work consists of the following: Elevator modernization to upgrade (4) passenger elevators and (1) freight elevator and associated tenant improvement work for floors 1-5, including replacement of equipment in the Penthouse Equipment Room. Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Interior Work: a. Selective demolition of existing finishes, non -load bearing walls; selective demolition of mechanical, electrical system, and fire alarm system. components as indicated for new tenant improvements. b. Removal of existing elevators and replacement with traction elevators. c. Patch and repair of existing finishes disturbed by construction on each floor. 1.5 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. B. Concurrent Work: Owner may award separate contract(s) for the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. Concurrent Work may include; but is not limited to, the following: 1. Elevator: including but not limited to elevator cars, finishes; mechanical and electrical equipment and structural components required to provide a complete elevator package. 1.6 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises indicated for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project, and as indicated herein. B. Use of Site: Limit use. of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations within the building to areas indicated on the drawings. 2. Owner Occupancy: Except as indicated elsewhere in this Section, there will be no Owner occupancy during the construction period of the Project. SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 2 0 0 0 C C C C 0 0 C C C C C C C C C 0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 0 0 C 0 C 0 C C 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a.. 0 C. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout O construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building during © construction period. O D. Erect barricades, sound barriers and public protection devices around operational areas required for O the execution of the Work when construction operations will generate dust, noise or odors in excess of acceptable or legal limits. The Contractor is responsible for the prevention of water or airborne O dust and dirt from contaminating the existing building or adjacent buildings that are to remain operational during construction. 0 E. Prepare and submit to the Project Manager a prevention procedure the Contractor will to follow for debris prevention; and enforce on all parties entering the project site. Include: 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Reference Part 1 Article "Owner's Occupancy Requirements." 3. Driveways, Entrances and Interior Aisles: Keep driveways, interior access andcorridors adjacent to Work areas, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways, entrances and access aisles. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. c. Coordinate with the Owner for delivery schedules. Deliveries and other uses of roadways may be limited by the Owner's delivery schedules. d. Maintain access to parking areas, and perimeter roadways and aisles for emergency vehicle use. 4. Building entrances and exits for adjacent buildings shall remain open, with a clear, obvious and unobstructed path of exit from the interior of the building to the exterior. Pathways must be no less than the sum of the width of the existing doors leading to them, and in no case be less than 60 inches in width and 8'-0" in height. Overhead barricades, if required, shall provide full protection for adjacent building users, and service and delivery people. Unrestricted access is required to adjacent building entrances. 5. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. a. Use of gasoline powered vehicles is not allowed in the 9-08 Building. Comply with Boeing rules for operation of equipment within buildings. 6. Photography: Photography inside of the 9-08 building is not allowed accept as agreed by the Owner using the Owner's cameras and escorted by the Owner's Representative. 1. Vehicle inspection. 2. Containment of debris generating processes. 3. Containment of and cleaning regimen for the exterior of the project site, including the roof. 4. Containment of wind and water run-off. SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.7 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, except as indicated elsewhere in this Article. When applicable, cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Maintain access to existing sidewalks, walkways, corridors, and other interior and exterior, adjacent, occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy. 3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required commissioning, tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building. 4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. 1.8 PHASING A. Project may be constructed in sequence as determined by Contractor. 1.9 WORK. RESTRICTIONS A. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify the Owner not less than seven days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 1.10 WATERTIGHT — WEATHERTIGHT A. Content of the Contract Documents notwithstanding, the Contractor accepts the responsibility of constructing a watertight, weathertight project. SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 4 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT © B. Discovery of Fungi (Mold): In accordance with Subparagraph A of this article above, Contractor is responsible for providing labor, material, products, equipment and services to install insulation, Q air/vapor barrier, and ventilation systems that maintain effective control of air, moisture, and heat O transfer within the building envelope. © 1. Should Contractor proceed to install insulation, ceiling tiles, gypsum wallboard or similar products having paper, cardboard and other cellulose surfaces prior to the building's © being enclosed and weatherproof (including ambient conditions of temperature and Q humidity being continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy), the Contractor is at risk for mold contamination of the building components. © 2. During the course of construction of the Project, Contractor shall perform continuous Q visual inspection/verification of building components and ventilation systems Q (particularly for damp filters) for possible contamination by mold. 3. If the presence of mold is suspected, detected or found, visible water damage observed or Q musty odors detected, immediate remediation action shall be initiated by the Contractor. © In all instances, any source(s) of water shall be stopped and the extent of water damage determined. Water -damaged materials shall be immediately removed and replaced with Q new materials at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall provide an approved Q independent test report documenting the completed environmental status. Q a. Mold -damaged materials shall be remedied in accordance with Contractor's Mold Remediation Plan. Q b. Contractor shall submit his Mold Remediation Plan, which outlines and describes Q in detail the procedures and policies to be followed for this Project. Q Q 1.11 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS Q A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 49 - division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. Q 1. Division 01: Sections in Division 01 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in Q the Specifications. Q. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the Q intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: Q Q 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Q Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words Q shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. Q 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for Q clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. Q Q Q SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 5 Q 3 BOEING. BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Approved Applicators: Where specific instruction in the specifications or drawings require that particular products, equipment or material be installed or applied by an approved applicator of the manufacturer, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that any entity or workers used for such Work be an approved applicator, and shall be so documented in writing. B. Under -Floor :and Ceiling Management: Coordinate all utilities with structural and architectural elements in exposed and nonexposed areas indicated. Utilities and services include, but are not limited to, downspouts, leaders and piping, including fire suppression piping; ductwork and HVAC equipment; electrical fixtures, conduits, wiring and raceways; and data and voice communication conduits, wiring and raceways. 1. Exposed ceilings in the Tenant Improvement areas: Coordinate the locations vertically and horizontally for all utilities. Arrange all ductwork, piping, including fire suppression piping, and the like in a neat and orderly manner for each system, avoiding light fixture locations and open areas in stairwells and areas where structure is left exposed, and other building features; support by means of trapezes or other means allowing for orderly transition of systems through the spaces within the building. 2. Prepare coordination drawings as indicated in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.13 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE A. Any conflict or inconsistency in the Contract Documents shall be resolved by giving the documents precedence in the following order: 1. Boeing Shared Services Group, Construction General Provisions, Rev 01/20/2012. 2. State Supplement for Washington Rev 8/09. 3. Specifications 4. Drawings: a. In case of conflict within the Drawings, large scale drawings shall take precedence over small scale drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 011000 SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 6 0 0 0 0 C C 0 C C C C C C C C 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 C C 0 C 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Product Requirements'.' for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the work as a "Design Change Notice" (DCN) where such direction requires supplemental drawings or attachments and where direction is required outside of a regularly scheduled site visit. 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum' and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use forms as provided by Owner. D. Architect's Field Report: Minor field directions issued by the Architect to the Contractor while on site shall be recorded in the Architect's Field Report under a section titled, "Instructions". The instructions contained in the Architect's Field Reports shall be as binding as a response to an RFI, Architect's Supplemental Instructions, or other such documents. If the Contractor believes the direction results in a change in the contract sum or schedule, he shall submit a proposal for consideration by the Owner as stipulated elsewhere in this Section. The Architect will not follow up a field direction listed on the Field Report with a Proposal Request, nor shall the Contractor follow up with a confirming RFI. The Field Report shall be the record document for such a direction. E. Construction Progress Meetings: If during the course of a scheduled construction progress meeting, a question is raised and resolved at the meeting, the resolution of the issue shall be recorded in the meeting minutes and shall be considered formal direction to proceed under that course of action. The Architect shall not issue a separate document echoing that direction, nor shall the Contractor issue a confirming RFI. If the Contractor believes that the direction results in a change in the contract sum or schedule, he shall submit a proposal for consideration by the Owner as stipulated elsewhere in this Section. 1. Reference Division 1 section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Change Order Procedures shall be in accordance with General Conditions and Special Conditions of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2 0 O O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 O SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION O PART 1 - GENERAL V 0 O 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 0 O A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary 0 Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. O 1.2 SUMMARY 0 0 A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 0 O 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. O 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 0 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings. 0 O B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. 0 O C. Related Requirements: O 1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting O Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and O field -engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. O 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 4. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the Work with 0 Owner's Commissioning Authority. 0 O 1.3 DEFINITIONS O A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or O clarifications of the Contract Documents. O ' O 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS O A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each O portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a 0 special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 0 0 O PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2 Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3 Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2 s S S S I • I I I I • • • S • I • • • • • • • S • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 © MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative © procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. O 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. Q 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. © 5. Progress meetings. O 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. O 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 0 © E. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of O temporary utilities to minimize waste. O 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually O incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. © 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 0 0 A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is 0 required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than Q one entity. O 1. Content: Project -specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed O data. Include the following information, as applicable: O a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Q Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of O various systems and components. b. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings O by multiple contractors in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the 0 information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. O c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, 0 structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated O replacement of components during the life of the installation. O e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. O f. Indicate required installation sequences. 0 0 0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON g. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire -rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire - alarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire -Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS Q DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 Q 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's O responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared Q in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. • O 10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." © C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the © following requirements: Q 1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. © 2. File Preparation Format: DWG, Version AutoCad, operating in Microsoft Windows O operating system. 3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using Portable Data File (PDF) format. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in O preparing coordination digital data files. © a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. 0 •b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in AutoCad 2008. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of O AIA Document Cl 06. 0 O 1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) © A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of 0 the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 0 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by O Contractor with no response. O 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. .12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in BluBeam or Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Architect's and Construction Manager's Action: Architect and Construction Manager will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect or Construction Manager after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor -generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6 0 0 0 C C C C C 0 C C C C C 0 0 0 C 0 C C 0 C C C C 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 C C C 0 C C C 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's and Construction Manager's response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's and Construction Manager's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Construction Manager within seven days if Contractor disagrees with, response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS A General: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. ' Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing•field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. I. Preparation of record documents. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS. DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON m. Use of the premises. n. Work restrictions. o. Working hours. p. Owner's occupancy requirements. q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for moisture and mold control. s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. t. Construction waste management and recycling. u. Parking availability. v. Office, work, and storage areas. w. Equipment deliveries and priorities. x. First aid. y. Security. z. Progress cleaning. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner's Commissioning Authority of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. 1. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 8 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no' later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of record documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Submittal of written warranties. d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. f. Requirements for demonstration and training. g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. i. Submittal procedures. j. Coordination of separate contracts. k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. 1. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. m. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at regular intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION -- 013100 - 9 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT C 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning 0 Authority, Construction Manager, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, 0 and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at 0 the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review 0 other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as 0 appropriate to status of Project. O a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's . construction schedule. Determine how construction Di behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to 0 do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 0 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 0 1) Interface requirements. 0 2) Sequence of operations. 0 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 0 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. 7) Access. 0 8) Site utilization. 0 9) Temporary facilities and controls. 10) Progress cleaning. 0 11) Quality and work standards. a 12) Status of correction of deficient items. 13) Field observations. 0 14) Status of R.FIs. 0 15) Status of proposal requests. 16) Pending changes. 0 17) Status of Change Orders. 0 18) Pending claims and disputes. 19) Documentation of information for payment requests. 0 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 10 0 0 0 0 O 0 C 0 0 0' 0 C 0 Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q F. Coordination Meetings: Construction Manager will conduct Project coordination meetings at Q regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. Q Cl. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owners Commissioning Authority, Construction Manager, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, Q and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or Q performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to Q the Work. Q 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for Q discussion as appropriate to status of Project. O a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last Q coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of Q schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure Q commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions Q are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. Q b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each Q coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. Q c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the Qfollowing: Q 1) Interface requirements. Q2) Sequence of operations. 1 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. Q 5) Deliveries. 6) Off-site fabrication. O 7) Access. © 8) Site utilization. 9) Temporary facilities and controls. Q10) Work hours. Q 11) Hazards and risks. 12) Progress cleaning. Q 13) Quality and work standards. 14) Change Orders. Q 3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to Q others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. Q 0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 11 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 12 0 C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C O O © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT © SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION O PART 1 - GENERAL © 1.1 SUMMARY O A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: O O I. Preliminary Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. O 3. Submittals Schedule. O 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. O 6. Field condition reports. O 7. Special reports. O B. Related Sections include the following: © 1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and O distributing meeting and conference minutes. O 2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and O inspections. Q Q 1.2 DEFINITIONS © A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, Q and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. Q 1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. Q 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. Q 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. Q B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as Q scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by the Boeing Project Manger. Q C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations Q determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. © D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network Q schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. O Q O CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. G. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail. H. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction element. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. B. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule, and electronic copy via e-mail. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for the Project. Manager's final release or approval. C. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies, and electronic copy via e-mail. 1. Approval of cost -loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of Schedule of Values for cost -loaded activities. D. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit two opaque copies, large enough to show entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit three opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD -R, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2 C 0 0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 0 C C 0 .0 0 0 C C C C C C 0 C C 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT F. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three copies of each of the following computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float t Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to Proceed until most recent Application for Payment. G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at bi-weekly intervals. H. Material Location Reports: Submit two copies at bi-weekly intervals. I. Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, re -submittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar -chart schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the . first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling." B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Owner. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 14 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Owner's and Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 3. Owner -Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 4 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 C C 0 0 0 0 C C C C C C C C 0 C 0 C C C 0 0 C 0 C C C C C 0 0 C 0 0 C C BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. F. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time -impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. 2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar -chart -type construction schedule within the number of days stipulated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor of the date established for the Notice to Proceed; if not specifically stipulated, submit within 14 days. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.. Outline significant construction activities for first 45 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity -on -node) format. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 45 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized, cost- and resource -loaded, time -scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule. 2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information. 3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule. D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time -scaled / network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Sub -networks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. E. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start -total float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Principal events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C C C C C C C C C 0 C 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 C C 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 6. Early and late finish dates. © 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. O 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the Schedule of Values). F. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports © showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. O 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. O 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. © G. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. © 1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar O value. 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. O 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date. © 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings. © a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative O value completed" with total at bottom. 0 b. Submit to Owner value summary printouts one week before each regularly 0 scheduled progress meeting. 0 © 2.5 REPORTS 0 A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 0 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Equipment at Project site. 3. Material deliveries. Q 4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 5. Accidents. O 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 0 7. Meter readings and similar recordings. 8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. O 9. Services connected and disconnected. 0 10. Equipment or system tests and startups. 0 0 O CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 7 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling. 1. In -House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications. 2. Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity: C. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in. Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 8 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 O SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0 O PART 1 - GENERAL O 1.1 SUMMARY 0 O A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop O Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. O B. Related Sections: O 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and O reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports. O 3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. O 4. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. O 5. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and O maintenance manuals. 0 O 1.2 DEFINITIONS 0 A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive 0 action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive aaction. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. C. Confirmation Submittal: Transmittal from the Contractor stating that the Contractor is submitting the exact product specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Confirmation Notice Submittal 3 B. Use of Specified Products in lieu of Submittals: Submittal of Product Data and Samples are 3 not required if the Contractor proposes to provide the products that are identified in the documents or specified as the Basis of Design products. Document the use of such product in the Product List. Reference Division 1 section "Product Requirements" for product list 3 requirements. 1. Shop drawings, if specified, are required for basis of design products and products identified in the documents. 3 2. Conditions where confirmation notice is acceptable in lieu of product literature and samples: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1 J BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Contractor provides exact brand, model number finish and color specified or indicated on the drawings or schedules. 3. Procedure: Record relevant information on the Confirmation Notice Transmittal. Include specifications section article and paragraph number and product manufacturer, name and model number. Include finishes and colors as applicable for products specified. 4 Review by the architect will not be performed for items supplied by the Contractor (such as product literature, etc.) for confirmation purposes only. 5. Number of copies: Submit two copies to the Owner's Construction Manager. Submit in electronic format via e-mail. Comments will not be returned to the Contractor, unless the Owner or Architect does not concur that the Contractor is supplying the specified item. C. Submittals (Full) 1. Full submittal is required for the following conditions: a. Approved manufacturers whose products have not been indicated by exact make or model number, except as indicted otherwise in individual specification sections. b. Full submittal (product literature samples, reports shop drawings) is required for specified items that have been discontinued and have been replaced by another item by the manufacturer, or which have been materially changed by the manufacturer, since the Contractor's bid was received or contract awarded. This includes, but is not limited to, discontinued finishes or colors. c. At the request of the architect, full submittal may be required for items with critical dimensions or tolerances requiring coordination with other pieces of the work. 1.4 FULL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Adhere to submittal procedures in preparation submittal to be reviewed at the Submittal Review Conference, including Confirmation submittals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re -submittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension Q of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in O advance of the Work to permit processing, including re -submittals. O 1. Initial Review: Allow 9 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if O coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. O 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as O initial submittal. Q E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. O 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. O 2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches (100 by 125 mm) on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: O a. Project name. O b. Date. O c. Name and address of Architect. o d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. O f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. O h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. Q 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a'sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Re -submittals shall include O an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 06100.01.A). i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. O j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 0 I. Other necessary identification. O F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract O Documents on submittals. O G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Q Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial O submittal may serve as final submittal. O 1. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action O taken and will be returned. Q H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and O handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form to Boeing Construction Manager. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. O O C C C SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1 Transmit all submittals electronically, except for the following: physical submittals — samples and the like; 0 & M manuals. 2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal. 3. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Specification Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. i. Remarks. j. Signature of transmitter. I. Re -submittals: Make re -submittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are no longer marked "Revise and Resubmit" or "Rejected" or "Additional Information Required" by the Architect, and when all information is submitted and marked "Reviewed". J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES _ A. General: At Contractor's written request, and upon approval by Boeing, copies of Architect's CAD files may be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project. 1. Architectural floor plans and reflected ceiling plans only will be provided in AutoCAD files, bound versions. 2. Submit list to Architect of plan drawings being requested by Contractor. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 C 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 Q B. The documents (civil, landscape, transportation services, architectural structural, plumbing, mechanical and electrical CAD files) will be limited to the level of detail provided in the Q initial bidding documents and may not include revisions to reflect addendums and change 0 orders. Contractor must assume that these documents will require additional coordination. Since these files were created to produce 2D drawings, layer management and attributes may Q not be consistent and shall not be relied upon. O C. CAD files will be provided once to the Contractor. Contractor's O Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing coordinator shall review the files and forward to O subcontractors as appropriate. The A/E will not forward files directly to subcontractors. All engineering files must be requested and obtained through the Architect. 0 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit five copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy .,as a Project Record Document. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: O a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. O c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 0 d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. O f. Wiring diagrams showing factory -installed wiring. Qg. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. O i. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. Q j. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. k. Compliance with specified referenced standards. Q 1. Testing by recognized testing agency. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. © n. Notation of coordination requirements. 0 0 4. Number of Copies: Submit as indicated in Part 1 Paragraph 1.4.H. 0 0 O SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field -installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. 1. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field -installed wiring. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 24 by 36 inches (605 by 910 mm). 4. Number of Copies: Submit as indicated in Part 1 Paragraph 1.4.H. D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division l Section "Project Management and Coordination." E. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. 4. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 5. Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, provide the following: a. Size limitations. b. Compliance with recognized standards. c. Availability. d. Delivery time. 6. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations. b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. 7. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 8. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 9. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality - control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation". G. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." H. Action Submittals for Mechanical and Electrical: Architect consultants will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it through the Architect. Consultants will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit one copy electronically via e-mail of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead • certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project. G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. I. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. J. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 0 C 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 O K. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed O before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. Q L. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during © installation of product .or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with Q requirements. 0 M. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by O manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by © manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. Q © N. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect O for Project. Include the following information: O 1. Name of evaluation organization. O 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. Q. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. Q 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. O. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and Qnormal maintenance of products and equipment. Include completed "Preventative Q Maintenance Instructions for Equipment" matrix. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Sections "Closeout Procedures" and "Operation and Maintenance Data". Q P. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Q Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Q Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. Q Q Q. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents © manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of Q manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: Q 1. Preparation of substrates. O 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. Q 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. O 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. 3 O SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 9 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT R. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory -authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory -authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. S. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. T. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit information directly to Owner Construction Manager. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before proceeding to submittal review conference for Architect's review. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 C 0 C C C 0 0 0 C C 0 0 C 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION 0 A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and 0 statement that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the O Contract Documents and Architect will return them without action. 0 B. Confirmation Submittals. See paragraph 1.4.A.4. C C. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections 0 or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action 0 stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken. 0 0 0 0 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 10 0 0 a 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 0 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 • D. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will O reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. Q E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. Q O F. Processing Time: For submittals not reviewed at the Submittal Review Conference, allow enough additional time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. O 1. Initial Review: Allow 9 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if Q processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. O 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 0 3. Allow 5 days for processing each resubmittal. O 4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. 0 O END OF SECTION 013300 Q © . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 11. 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 O AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN ARCHITECT -ENGINEER OF RECORD (AER) O AND © OWNER, CONTRACTOR, OR THIRD PARTY (OCT) FOR TRANSFER OF COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) FILES ON ELECTRONIC MEDIA O Architect -Engineer of Record (AER) Owner, Contractor, or Third Party (OCT) O DLR Group, Inc. O 51 University St., Suite 600, Seattle, WA. 0 98101 DLR Project No.73-17135-00 Date: 0 Project Name: Boeing Building 9-08 Location: Tukwila, Washington Elevator Upgrade O The AER will provide the following CAD files, dated for the convenience of the OCT in preparing shop fabrication drawings: 0 0 0 0 Drawings were prepared on the following: Computer Software: Auto CAD Version: OCT shall pay AER a service fee of N/A ($ TERMS AND CONDITIONS: 0 0 2. Since the information set forth on the CAD files can be modified unintentionally or otherwise, the AER reserves the right to remove all indicia of its ownership and/or involvement from each electronic display. This medium should not be considered a certified document. 1. AER makes no representation as to the compatibility of the CAD files with any hardware or software. 3. All information on the CAD files is considered instruments of service of the AER and shall not be used for other projects, for additions to this project, or completion of this project by others. CAD files shall remain the property of the AER, and in no case shall the transfer of these files be considered a sale. However, should the Owner exercise its option to have the AER produce Record Documents after the completion of the project, such. Record Documents will be returned to Boeing for replacement in their library files as record documents. 0 0 0 CAD Electronic Media Transfer Agreement 013300a- 1 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. AER makes no representation regarding the accuracy, completeness, or permanence of CAD files; nor for their merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Addenda information or revisions made after the date indicated on the CAD files may not have been incorporated. In the event of a conflict between the AER's sealed. Contract Drawings and CAD files, the sealed Contract Drawings shall govern. It is the OCT's responsibility to determine if any conflicts exist. The CAD files shall not be considered to be Contract Documents as defined by the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 5. The use of CAD files prepared by the AER shall not in any way obviate the OCT's responsibility for the proper checking and coordination of dimensions, details, member sizes and gage, and quantities of materials as required to facilitate complete and accurate fabrication and erection. 6. The OCT shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the AER, and its subconsultants from all claims, damages, losses, expenses, penalties and liabilities of any kind, including attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the use of the CAD files by the OCT, or by third party recipients of the CAD files from the OCT. 7. The AER believes that no licensing or copyright fees are due to others on account of the transfer of the CAD files, but to the extent any are, the OCT will pay the appropriate fees and hold the AER harmless from such claims. 8. Any purchase order number provided by the OCT is for OCT's accounting purposes only. , Purchase order terms and conditions are void and are not a part of this Agreement. 9. The electronic files will be released upon payment of the service fee and signing of the Agreement (not applicable with this project). 10. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the principal place of business of the AER. AUTHORIZED ACCEPTANCE by: Architect -Engineer of Record by: Owner, Contractor, or Third Party of Record Signature Signature Print Name and Title Print Name and Title Date Date CAD Electronic Media Transfer Agreement 013300a- 2 0 0 C C C C C C 0 0 C 0 C C C C 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 .0 0 0 0 C C C 0 C C 0 0 0 C C C 0 C 0 0 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q © SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS © PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 0 Q A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. QB. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the 0 Contract Document requirements. 1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality - assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -assurance and -control services required Q by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. Q C. Related Sections: 0 Q Q 1.2 DEFINITIONS Q 1. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. Q A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed Qconstruction will comply with requirements. Q B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after ( execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and Q completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. Q Q C. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where Q indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are • not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the © 0 Work will be judged. Q D. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to Qverify performance characteristics. Q C 0 Q O QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 Q Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. F. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. G. Source Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. H. Field Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. 1. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. J. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. K. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 0 Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 © MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q 1.4 SUBMITTALS © A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to Q demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. Q B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: Q 1. Date of issue. O 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. Q 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Q 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. Q 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. Q 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. Q 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and Q inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with Q the Contract Document requirements. Q 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and re -inspecting. Q C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, © certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for Qcompliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. Q Q 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Q A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. Q B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has © resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Q Q Q D Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated Q for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient Q . production capacity to produce required units. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. Q Q Q Q Q QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 Q Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Boeing Project Manager seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. 1.6 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 2. Costs for retesting and re -inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work © that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. 0 © B. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by authorities O having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. O 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality -control services. © a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. O 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. O 3. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a O certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract O Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, © when they so direct. O C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service © representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal O Procedures." Q D. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's O responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and re -inspecting, for Q construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of © duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. O 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. O 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which situations Q tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and O inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service through Contractor. Q 5. Do not release, revoke, "alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve Q or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. 1.7 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows: B. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency or special inspector as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality -control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Boeing Project Manager and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service to Boeing Project Manager with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and re -inspecting corrected work. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 C O O C C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the. assignment of responsibility for quality -control services. END OF SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES © PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS 0 0 A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. Q B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, O and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. 0 O C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." 0 O D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," 0 "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having O jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control O performance of the Work. O F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. 0 G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. Q H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. 0 1. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 0 O 1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS © A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent Q . requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if O bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards © are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 0 Q . 0 0 REFERENCES 014200 - 1 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with ' industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences www.nibs.org FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) ICC/ANSI A117.1 American National Standard Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities American National Standard Institute, Inc. MIL (See MILSPEC) (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 (866) 512-1800 (202) 512-1800 (215) 697-6257 (215) 697-6257 (202) 619-8925 (202) 289-7800 REFERENCES 014200 - 2 C C C C C C C C C C C 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 C C 0 C 0 0 0 C C 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 © MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O MIL -STD (See MILSPEC) © MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-6257 Q Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point O http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil O UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 O Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 0 O 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 0 A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other O Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson O Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional © Associations of the U.S." © B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. O Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate 0 and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. O AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 ( www.aluminum.org 0 AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 O www.aaadm.com O AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 O www.aabchq.com O AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 O www.aamanet.org © AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 O Transportation Officials www.transportation.org O ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org O ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 © (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org 0 ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org 0 0 0 0 0 REFERENCES 014200 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and. Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (800) 527-4723 (404) 636-8400 ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASTM ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWCI AWCIInternational (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry International) www.awci.org (610)832-9585 (703) 534-8300 REFERENCES 014200 - 4 C C C C C C C 0 0 C C 0 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C) 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 (� MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association 0 (Now WCSC) O AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 O www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 0 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 0 www.awpa.com O AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 O www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 O BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 O www.buildershardware.com ' O CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 0 www.cisca.org 0 CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 O www.pbmdf.com CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 O www.crsi.org 0 CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 O DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 0 www.dhi.org 0 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 Qwww.ejma.org 0 FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 O (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System) www.fmglobal.com 0 0 GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org 0 0 GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com 0 O HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) 0 0 HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org 0 0 0 0 0 REFERENCES 014200 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org REFERENCES 014200 - 6 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q Q NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 Q www.nfpa.org O NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 0 www.nfrc.org © NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 O www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 © NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 Q www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 O NWCA Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (206) 524-4243 0 Q PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 0 Q RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com 0 Q SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org 0 Q SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org 0 Q SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) 0 Q SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org 0 Q SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association O www.smacna.org O SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 O www.spri.org O SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 Q www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 © SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 O www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 O TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 Q www.tileusa.com 0 Q Q REFERENCES 014200 - 7 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651 WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 (Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers (212) 297-2109 Association) www.windowcoverings.org WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of (916) 372-9943 California) www.wicnet.org WIC Woodwork Institute of California (Now WI) WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association www.wsrca.com WWPA Western Wood Products Association www.wwpa.org (800) 725-0333 (650) 570-5441 (503) 224-3930 C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up- to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil REFERENCES 014200 - 8 C C C C C C C C C 0 C C 0 0 0 0 C C 0 C C C 0 0 C C C C 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 REFERENCES 014200 - 9 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 © MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS © PART 1 - GENERAL 0 0 1.1 SUMMARY 0 O A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 0 0 B. Related Sections: O 1. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. 2. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 0 1.2 USE CHARGES 0 Q A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. 0 B. Water Service: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering O and without payment of use charges as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. O C. Electric Power Service: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use O without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of © services as required for construction operations. © 1.3 SUBMITTALS 0 A. Site Plan: coordinate with Owner the location of staging areas, and parking areas for O construction personnel. Submit plan upon receipt of direction from Owner as to locations allowed. 0 O 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. O B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each 0 temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 0 0 0 0 0 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 PROJECT' CONDITIONS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch (50 -mm), 9 -gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8- inch- (60 -mm-) OD line posts and 2 -7/8 -inch- (73 -mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8- inch- (42 -mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized steel bases for supporting posts. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry." C. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219 mm) wide by maximum available lengths; regular -type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36/C 36M. D. Insulation: Un -faced mineral -fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common -Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of construction personnel. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project -site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 16 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120 -Volt AC duplex receptacles, with not less than 1 receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4 -foot- (1.2-m-) square tack board and 4 foot (1.2 m) square white marker board. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Coffee machine and supplies. 5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform. indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F (20 to 22 deg C). 6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc (215 lx) at desk height. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 0 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 7. Wired data connections and power connections of sufficient quantity for use by contractor, architect, and owner, supporting electronic communication service as © indicated in Part 3. Q 8. Project computers should be capable of supporting Microsoft Office: Provide PROJECT, O WORD and EXCEL, PDF reader/writer files and AutoCAD. Project computers should be supplied with sufficient networking to connect to the provided data lines. Computer to Q have a minimum 256MB RAM, 20GB hard disk. © C. Provide area in Field Office for Architects use as follows: 0 O 1. One desk. 2. Two chairs. 3. Phone line. O D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 0 O 2.3 EQUIPMENT 0 A: Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by O locations and classes of fire exposures and as directed by authority having jurisdiction. 0 B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, Q self-contained, electrically operated heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 0 1. Use of gasoline -burning space heaters, open -flame heaters, or salamander -type heating units is prohibited. Q 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. O 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for 0 temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return air grille in system and remove at end of construction. Q Q PART 3 -EXECUTION Q 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work and Owner's operations or use of the site. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. © B. Provide each facility ready foruse when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. Q Q 0 Q TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 3 Q Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to on-site, private system connected to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. 1. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Heating, Cooling and Ventilation: Provide temporary heating, cooling and ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. F. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions within the work area of the Employee Service Center. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. H. Telephone Service: 1. Coordinate with Owner Construction Manager for installation of additional telephone lines for the following: TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 0 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q a. One telephone line for each field office. 0 b. One telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer in each field office. O 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers including police and fire O departments, Contractor's home office or mobile phone, Architect's office, Owner's office and Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. O 3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when 0 away from field office. O I. Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication service, including electronic mail in field office. O 1. Provide DSL service with one data port and Cat 5 wiring to each computer station in all © field offices. 2. The Contractor shall provide an e-mail account for the duration of the project, O commencing from the time job site offices are established to post of final completion. Q O 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION O A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide non-combustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. Q 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial © Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. © B. Roadway Use and Parking: 0 1. Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel in locations as directed by the Boeing Project Manger. O 2. Use routes on existing roadways as directed by the Boeing Project Manger to and from O entrance gates to the construction site. O C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with Boeing requirements and those of authorities 0 having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. O 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or O adjoining building sites, nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. Q D. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs as 0 allowed by the Boeing Project Manager. Install signs where to inform building users and individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 0 0 1. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E. Traffic Controls: Comply with Boeing instructions for directing traffic on the project site. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. B. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate temporary enclosures. D. Temporary Partitions: Prevent migration of dust and dirt into adjacent occupied areas of the building. Provide floor -to -ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate surrounding areas from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions with 2 layers of 3 -mil (0.07 -mm) polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with 2 layers of 3 -mil (0.07 -mm) polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches (460 mm) up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire -retardant plywood. 2. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 4. Protect air -handling equipment. 5. Weather strip openings. 6. Provide walk -off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. E. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire -prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with Boeing fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 D BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL © A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and Q abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. © B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Q Q 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated Q results and to avoid possibility of damage. Q C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and Q protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. Q D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has O ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, Q clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Q 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. Q 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Q Section "Closeout Procedures." Q Q Q Q END OF SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 2) 2) 2 2) 2) 2) 2) 2) 2 21 21 21 2 2 21 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into this or another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model . number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.3 SUBMITTALS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Pre -Bid and Post -Award Substitution Requests: Reference Instructions to Bidders for additional requirements prior to Contract award and all Conditions of the Contract after Contract award. Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A or similar form, except use form provided by Owner if requested by Owner. 2. Pre -Bid Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i. Bidder's (if pre-bid) or Contractor's (if post -award) certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. 3. Post -Award Substitution requests: In addition to the information required above under "Pre -Bid Documentation," provide the following for Post -Award substitutions: a Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. b. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. c. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CD BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 0 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. Architect's Action for pre-bid substitution request: Architect will review substitution 0 requests if received at the offices of the Architect before the number of days stipulated in O the "Instructions to Bidders" prior to the date scheduled to receive bids, or, if not stipulated, no later than 10 days prior to the bid date. Substitution requests received after O the date or number of days indicated will not be reviewed. 0 a. Substitutions that have been reviewed and accepted for the consideration of all O bidders will be included in Addenda to the Bid Documents. Manufacturers or O products indicated in substitution requests that are not included in the addenda for the project shall be considered as not accepted. 0 5. Architect's Action Post -Award substitution request: If necessary, Architect will request O additional information or documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of 0 additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the Contract Documents. b. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. 0 c. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed © substitution within time allocated. 6. Substitution requests prior to bid date may originate directly from the General Contractor, Q or from a prospective supplier or subcontractor. Subsequent, post -bid substitution requests shall be submitted through the Contractor and will not be accepted through any 0 other source. 0 7. Reference Part 2 Article "Product Substitutions" for acceptance criteria. B. Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 0 1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or O I documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product O request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable O product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Q a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division01 Section "Submittal Procedures." O b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. O C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Q Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 0 Q 0 0 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 4 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. 7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product. 10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. c. Product Selection Procedures for Mechanical and Electrical: . Proprietary: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 6 0 C 0 O C C 0 0 0 O O O 0 C O O O O Q O O O O O O O 0 O O O O 0 0 O O Q 0 O O 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Basis -of —design product with multiple manufacturers listed: Where drawings and/or Specifications name a product (by only one manufacturer) and include a list of other manufacturers, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the named product. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 3. Semi -proprietary (with multiple named products): Where Specificationsinclude a list of named products from multiple manufacturers, provide one of the named products that complies with requirements. 4. Semi -proprietary (with only one name product): Where Specifications include one named product and a list of (other) manufacturers, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 5. Semi -proprietary (with no named product): Where Specifications include technical requirements and list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect will consider Pre-bid requests for substitution as indicated in the Instructions to Bidders and Part 1 Article "Submittals." Architect will consider post -award requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. B. Conditions: Architect will consider Bidder's or Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require revisions to the. Contract Documents. 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 6. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 7. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 9. The availability of local maintenance service for the requested substitution is equivalent to or superior to the specified item. 10. The source of replacement materials or parts for the requested substitution is equivalent to or superior to the specified item. 11. The specified product has been discontinued or has been replaced by a superior product. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 12. The specified product will not fit within the designated space. 13. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. C. Additional conditions for the consideration of post -award substitution requests: In addition to the conditions indicated in other paragraphs above, the Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following additional conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions, along with those indicated in paragraph entitled "Conditions" above,, are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. The specified product cannot be delivered without delay to the project. 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 8 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 4. Coordination of Owner -installed products. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the Work. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing, land -surveying services of the kind indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. EXECUTION 017300 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of below -slab and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning the Work, investigate and verify the existence and location of utilities and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; and underground electrical services. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility (when applicable) and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Submit request in electronic format on Request for Information (RFI) form provided. Reference Division 1 section "Project Management and Coordination." EXECUTION 017300 - 2 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON O 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT O A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Q Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. 0 1. Establish control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. O 2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. O 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. O 5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levelsexceed allowable tolerances. O 6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established O by authorities having jurisdiction. O B. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill 0 and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations. O C. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, column 0 grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer O survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. 0 D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and O levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect Boeing Project Manager. © 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. EXECUTION 017300 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.5 INSTALLATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet (2.4 m) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated in the contract documents in spaces without a suspended ceiling. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.6 OWNER -INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces. EXECUTION 017300 - 4 0 0 O C 0 0 C O C 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O O C 0 O 0 O O 0 0 O O 0 CO BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction forces. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Pre -installation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces at pre -installation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend pre- installation conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather. or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. 3. Do not allow dust and foreign matter to escape the confines of the project area into to surrounding site. Comply with Boeing F.O.D. requirements. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways is not permitted. EXECUTION 017300 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating 'components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, start and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory -authorized service representative is required to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. EXECUTION 017300 - 6 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 017300 EXECUTION 017300-7 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 017329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. See Divisions 2 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to O cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 0 0 1.2 SUBMITTALS Q A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days O before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information: 0 O 1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided. Trenches for the work of each contract shall be provided by the General Construction .Contract. Q 2. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in bui'lding's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. O 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting and O patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted. O 6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showingintegration of 0 reinforcement with original structure. Q 7. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of 0 unsatisfactory work. 0 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE O A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change 0 their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio. O B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a 0 manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the O following: 0 0 O CUTTING AND PATCHING . 017329 - 1 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Mechanical, heating and ventilation systems serving the building where the project is located. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence ofcutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 2 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 O 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. O B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be O exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free O passage to adjoining areas. O D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before O cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. 0 3.3 PERFORMANCE O A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and Q patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. O 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance O of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 0 B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements O retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not © hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when 0 not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Q 3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. O 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements on the drawings where required by cutting and patching operations. Q 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Remove unused existing pipe, ductwork, conduit, etc. 0 (that will not be in use at the completion of the project) back to the point where it connects © to other pipe, ductwork, conduit, etc. that must remain active to serve areas that will remain in use. Cap or seal remaining portion of pipe, duct, or conduit to keep remaining O system leak -free and in operation, and/or to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. Q 6 Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. 0 0 0 0 0 CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. 4 Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. E. Through Penetration Fire Stopping: Work for each contract shall be provided by each contract for its own work. END OF SECTION 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O PART 1 - GENERAL BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 0 1.1 SUMMARY 0 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: O 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. O 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 0 0 B See Division 02 Section "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous O waste. 0 0 O A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materialsand other solid waste resulting O from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. 0 B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. O C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, 0 recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. © D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in O preparation for reuse. 0 E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another O facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent 0 incorporation into the Work. 0 O 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS O A General: Develop waste management plan that results in end -of -Project rates for O salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work. O 1. Acoustic ceiling tiles. 0 2. Wood veneer paneling. 0 3. Miscellaneous metals on the interior, including ductwork as applicable. 0 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. Piping, including copper tube and pipe for mechanical and plumbing applications, AND vent piping. 5. Copper wiring removed as required for reconfigured space. 6. Gypsum Wallboard Scrap: Excess drywall construction materials including cuttings, other scrap, and excess materials. 7. Salvaged Materials: Reusable lumber, fixtures, and building supplies. 8. Cardboard: Clean, corrugated cardboard such as used for packaging, etc. 9. Plastic Buckets: Containers for various liquid and semi-solid or viscous construction materials and compound. 10. Carpet and padding. 11. Cardboard pallets and other packaging materials. 12. All other waste other than that listed as Non -Recyclable or Hazardous. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit 3 copies of plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. B. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit three copies of report. Include separate reports for demolition and construction waste. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons (tonnes). 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes). 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes). 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons (tonnes). 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. C. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit three copies of calculated end -of -Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. D. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. F. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. G. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. H. Qualification Data: For Waste Management Coordinator and refrigerant recovery technician. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2 0 0 0 C 0 0 C C 0 0 C 0 C C C 0 C C C 0 0 C C C 0 0 C 0 C 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 CD O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q I. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for O recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician 0 and date refrigerant was recovered. 0 0 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE O A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: LEED Accredited Professional by U.S. Green Building Council. Waste management coordinator may also serve as LEED coordinator. 0 B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA -approved certification 0 program. 0 C. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 0 0 1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification and waste reduction work plan. Include separate sections in plan for demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition, site -clearing and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the. Work. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located. D. Forms: Prepare waste management plan on forms included at end of Part 3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: Implement waste management plan as approved by Architect and Owner. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project. C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on . proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum' interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: 1. Clean salvaged items. ' 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. • Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 4 0 C 0 O O O O O C C C C C 0 O 0 O 0 0 C O C O O O O 0 0 O O 0 O O C O 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O . 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner at location designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. © 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL 0 A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. 0 B. Recycling Receivers and Processors: List below is provided for information only; available recycling receivers and processors include, but are not limited to, the following: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. O a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 0 0 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. O 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of O remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or 0 processor. 0 0 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. O 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) size for fill or sub -base, 4 -inch (100- 0 mm) size for general fill. O B. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, O engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. O C. Metals: Separate metals by type. ® 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. O 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. 0 0 0 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 5 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT D. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces onwoodpallets and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim .and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. E. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. 1. Separate suspension system, trim, and other metals from panels and tile and sort with other metals. F. Carpet: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. 1. Store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler. G. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. H. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. I. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size. O J. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. K. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. L. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements foi recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut -Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 6 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT © C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. 0 O 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper © or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE 0 O A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. O 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of O accumulate on-site. O 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1.1 SUMMARY A This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Warranties. 3. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Final Completion construction photographs and negatives. 2. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 4. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 5. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs and photographic negatives, damage or settlement surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 12. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected: 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements . for Final Completion. 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,complete the following:. 1. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with Owner's requirements for payment procedures. 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest -control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, and upon completion of all requirements listed above in Preliminary Procedures, the Project Manger and Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re -inspection: Request re -inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2 0 0 C C C C C O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) Q A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area O affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of O construction. Use CSI Form 14.1A or similar form approved by the Owner. © 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first. O 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, O individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 0 1.5 WARRANTIES Q A. Submittal Time: Where commencement of warranties is other than date of Substantial O Completion, submit properly executed warranties to Owner before Final Completion. O B. Partial Occupancy: Where portions of the Work are occupied or used by Owner before O Substantial Completion, submit properly executed warranties within fourteen days of said occupancy or use. 0 CC. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual and submit to Owner. © 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch O (215 -by -280 -mm) paper. O 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or O installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone O number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title O "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. O D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 0 O PART 2 - PRODUCTS 0 O 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or 0 fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces. g. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. j. Remove labels that are not permanent. k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report. D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage. systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 0000000000000000000€0000000000©000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Provide separate Operation and Maintenance manuals for: The care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes. The care and maintenance of systems and equipment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific operation and maintenance, manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. 5. Division 1 Section "Commissioning" for submittal coordination. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Owner and Architect will return original copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. 1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Owner and Architect's comments. 2. Initial Submittal Exception: Submit Mechanical, Electrical, and Special Systems Operation and Maintenance Manuals 30 days prior to the Commissioning Kick-off Meeting as defined in Division 1 Section "Commissioning". Final Submittal: Submit directly to Owner three paper copies and one PDF electronic version of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection. Owner and Architect will return copy with comments, if required, for correction within 15 days after final inspection. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUALS, GENERAL 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain a title page, table of contents, and manual contents. B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. See attachment at end of this specification. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3 -ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch (215 -by -280 -mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. 2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3 Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 C 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C C C O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.2 OPERATION AND PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, equipment descriptions, operating standards, operating procedures, wiring and control diagrams, and warranties and bonds, as described below. 1. For mechanical, electrical and elevator equipment items, include a fully executed "Data Required for Preventative Maintenance Instructions for Equipment Items" form, a sample of which follows this section. a. Owner will provide an electronic version of form for Contractors' use in executing this requirement. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. 6. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 7. Equipment function. 8. Operating characteristics. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, schedule for cleaning and maintenance, and repair instructions. E. Operating Procedures: Include start-up and control procedures, and required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 1. Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Operation and Maintenance Manual (Product Maintenance Manual): Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work, and indicating operation and maintenance of each piece of equipment. B. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each 0 product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a 0 tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. 0 Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 0 0 0 0 0 O C. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow, diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do: not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. D. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ISSUE FOR PERMI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 z O x O a O 0 Q >x F O W W C, p U Q zo¢ A F p N O Z 0 O CC 0 0 0. Data required for Preventative Maintenance Instructions for Equipment Items O&M Manuals Date In Use m °' co To G y C Boeing Property ID # Serial No. Model Manufacturer Description Area Served Name O Level Symbol Bldg. No. BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. See Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. C. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents (As-Builts) of the Work in those Sections. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked -up Record Prints. Submit two electronic copies of Record AutoCAD drawings. B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black -line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b: Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. Do not simply note CCD, CO, RFI or DCN number: Requirement is to redline actual revision on project record documents. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. C. Provide record drawings of fire protection, sheet metal work or other contractor work done electronically shall be submitted to Owner electronically. Drawing files shall be compatible with AutoCAD 2008. C C C C O O O C O 0 0 O O 0 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS 0 A Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation 0 varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 0 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that 0 cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 0 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 0 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to 0 provide a record of selections made. 0 4. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable. 0 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA Q A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation 0 varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 0 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site. and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where 0 applicable. O 0 0 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction: period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from, deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Boeing Project Manager's and Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 C 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 019113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Section includes general requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without regard to specific systems, assemblies, or components. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. BoD: Basis of Design. A document that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet the OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that support the design process. B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process. C. CxA: Commissioning Authority. D. OPR: Owner's Project Requirements. A document that details the functional requirements of a project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. These include Project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting information. E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as -built" systems, subsystems, equipment, and components. 1.3 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of the entity he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated action. The commissioning team shall consist of, but :not be limited to, representatives of each Contractor, including Project superintendent and subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates the commissioning team to implement the commissioning process. Owner will engage the CxA under a separate contract. Z Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel. 3 Architect and engineering design professionals. 1.4 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES Provide the OPR documentation to the CxA and Contractor for information and use. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Assign operation and maintenance personnel and schedule them to participate in commissioning team activities. C. Provide the BoD documentation, prepared by Architect and approved by Owner, to the CxA and Contractor for use in developing the commissioning plan, systems manual, and operation and maintenance training plan. 1.5 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. General Contractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to act on its behalf and shall schedule them to participate in and perform commissioning process activities including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in test reports and, in collaboration with entity responsible for system and equipment installation, recommend corrective action. 2. Cooperate with the CxA for resolution of issues recorded in the Issues Log. 3. Attend commissioning team meetings held on an ass needed basis. 4. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with construction schedule. 5. Review and accept construction checklists provided by the CxA. 6. Complete paper construction checklists as Work is completed and provide to the Commissioning Authority on an as needed basis. 7. Review and accept commissioning process test procedures provided by the Commissioning Authority. 8. Complete commissioning process test procedures. 1.6 CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Organize and lead the commissioning team. B. Provide commissioning plan. C. Convene commissioning team meetings. D. Provide Project -specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures. E. Verify the execution of commissioning process activities using random sampling. The sampling rate may vary from 1 to 100 percent. Verification will include, but is not limited to, equipment submittals, construction checklists, training, operating and maintenance data, tests, and test reports to verify compliance with the OPR. When a random sample does not meet the requirement, the CxA will report the failure in the Issues Log. F. Prepare and maintain the Issues Log. G. Prepare and maintain completed construction checklist log. H. Witness systems, assemblies, equipment, and component startup. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 2 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O I. Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates; include them in the systems manual and ® commissioning process report. O PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 0 O PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 019113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 O GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 3 0 0 0 C Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 Q SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Q Q PART 1 - GENERAL 0 Q 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Q 0 Q Q Q 0 Q 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. © 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. Q B. Related Requirements: NOT USED Q O 1.3 DEFINITIONS Q A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless Q indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. Q B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall Q where indicated. Q D. ,Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and Q that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. Q © 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP Q A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. Q B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to © Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. Q1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. Q Q Q - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1 Q Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician. B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property for dust control and for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure tenants on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. D. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to Owner prior to start of demolition. E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins. No photography or videography without prior Boeing consent. F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. G. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 2 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 Q © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility © licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA -approved certification , program. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. , B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items: a. None C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. O E. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. O 1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 0 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. O 3. Owner will provide material safety data sheets for suspected hazardous materials that are 0 known to be present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished because of © building operations or processes performed there. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F. Historic Areas: NOT USED G. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. H. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding. Existing warranties include the following: 1. NOT USED B. Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA.241. C. LEED Requirements for Building Reuse: NOT USED 1. Credit MR 1.1 and Credit MR 1.2: Maintain existing building structure (including structural floor and roof decking) and envelope (exterior skin and framing, excluding window assemblies and nonstructural roofing material) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish such existing construction beyond indicated limits. 2. Credit MR 1.3: Maintain existing interior nonstructural elements (interior walls, doors, floor coverings, and ceiling systems) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish such existing construction beyond indicated limits. 3. Credit MR 1.2 and Credit MR 1.3: Maintain existing nonshell, nonstructural components (walls, flooring, and ceilings) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish such existingconstruction beyond indicated limits. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings and preconstruction photographs. 1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 2. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 4. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire -suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. a. . Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. C. Refrigerant: Remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment to be selectively demolished according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 6 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire -suppression devices during flame -cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin -infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power -driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS _ DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power -driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. C. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power -driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. D. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: Saw -cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break lip and remove. E. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings. Do not use methods requiring solvent -based adhesive strippers. F. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. G. Elevator removal and disposal shall be performed by selected elevator supplier. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA -approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT Existing to Be Removed and Salvaged: Removal of Four Passenger and One Freight elevator car or portions of cars and associated equipment including penthouse machine room equipment by selected elevator manufacturer. Any salvaged components to be reinstalled shall be maintained in place or removed and stored by selected elevator manufacturer for reinstallation. END OF SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 9 O 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 0 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON © SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY © PART 1 - GENERAL 0 0 1.1 SUMMARY © A. This Section includes the following: 0 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Wood furring and cants. 3. Plywood backing panels. 0 1.2 SUBMITTALS O A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Include data for wood -preservative and fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Preservative -treated wood. 2. Fire -retardant -treated wood. 3. Power -driven fasteners. 0 O PART 2- PRODUCTS 0 0 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL 0 A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency O is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules -writing agency O certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Concealed blocking. 2. Plywood backing panels. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Cants. 4. Furring. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content of any species. 2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C -D Plugged, fire -retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4 -inch nominal thickness. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure -preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Power -Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. C. Screws for Fastening to Cold -Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 2 0 0 ® BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Q 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 0 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit Q carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. 0 Q B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction,"_unless otherwise indicated. 0 Q C. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. D. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber. E. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. Q Q 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q 0 0 0 Q Q Q 0 0 0 0 0 C 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron -treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA -registered label. END OF SECTION 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 3 C 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS Q DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 0 SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION 0 O PART 1 - GENERAL 0 0 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 0 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Q Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 0 0 1.2 SUMMARY O A. Section Includes: 1. Mineral -wool blanket insulation. O 2. Glass -fiber blanket insulation. 0 B. Related Sections: 0 ' ' O 1. Division 09 Section(s) "Gypsum Board" and "Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies" for installation in metal -framed assemblies of insulation specified by referencing this Section. 0 © 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS 0 A. ASTM International (ASTM). Q 1. ASTM C165 - [2012], Standard Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Q Thermal Insulations. 2. ASTM C356 - [2010], Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage of Preformed High - O Temperature Thermal Insulation Subjected to Soaking Heat. Q 3.. ASTM C411 - [2011], Standard Test Method for Hot -Surface Performance of High - Temperature Thermal Insulation. Q 4. ASTM C518 - [2010], Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission O Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 5. ASTM C612 - [2010], Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal 0 Insulation._ Q 6. ASTM C665 - [2011], Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 0 7. ASTM C795 - [2013], Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact 0with Austenitic Stainless Steel. 8. ASTM C}104/C1104M - [2000(2006)], Standard Test Method for Determining the Water Q Vapor Sorption of Un -Faced Mineral Fiber Insulation. Q 9. ASTM C1338 - [2008], Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. 0 10. ASTM E84 - [2012b], Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of O Building Materials. 0 0 0 0 0 THERMAL INSULATION 0721.00-1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 11. ASTM E96/E96M - [2010], Standard Test Methods .for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 12. ASTM E136 - [2011], Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 degrees C. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each product. C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For foam -plastic insulation, from ICC -ES. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 136 and ASTM E 84 (UL 723) by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect foam -plastic board insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight except to necessary extent for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam -plastic board materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Quickly complete installation and concealment of foam -plastic board insulation in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.2 MINERAL WOOL INSULATION A. Mineral Wool Fiber Insulation: Non-combustible, lightweight, water repellent, rigid insulation board with rigid upper surface to ASTM C612, of type and minimum compressive strength indicated below, -with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. The following manufacturers, subject to compliance with requirements: THERMAL INSULATION 072100-2 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 O O O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 C 0 C 0 0 0 0 C C 0 0 C O 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 0 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON © a. Thermafiber. 0 b. Fibrex. 0 2. Type IVB, 25 psi. 0 3. Thickness: 3.0" 4. Fire performance: 0 a. Non -combustibility: To ASTM E136. 0 b. Maximum use temperature: 1200 °F. c. Surface Burning Characteristics: To ASTM E84. 0 0 l) Flame spread: 0. 2) Smoke developed: 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 5. Thermal resistance R value/1 inch at 75 °F: 4.3 h ft2 °F/Btu to ASTM C518. 6. Water vapor permeance: 27.2 Perm minimum. 7. Moisture sorption: 1 % maximum to ASTM C1104/C1104M. 8. Fungi resistance: Zero mold growth to ASTM C1338. 9. Corrosive resistance: a. Steel to ASTM C665: Pass. b. Stainless steel to ASTM C795: Conforms. 10. Recycled content: 40 % minimum. 11. Acoustical performance sound absorption co-efficients to ASTM C423. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates. 2.3 GLASS -FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Guardian Building Products, Inc. 3. Johns Manville. 4. Knauf Insulation. 5. Owens Corning. B. Un -faced, Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type 1; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 1. Provide glass -fiber blanket insulation as follows: a. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. b Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit less than 0.05 -ppm formaldehyde. THERMAL INSULATION 072100-3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: C 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If 0 more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug 0 fit between ends. 0 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 0 3. Maintain 3 -inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or 0 protected from contact with insulation. 4. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced C blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges O of metal studs. B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required 0 to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 0 1. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. 0 0 C C C C C THERMAL INSULATION 072.100-4 C 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 0 O 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN CEILINGS O A. Where glass -fiber blankets are indicated above ceilings, install blanket insulation over entire Oceiling area in thicknesses indicated. 0 1. Provide mechanical fastener securing of each blanket at 48 inches on center or at a minimum 0 of two points in order to prevent movement due to air circulation. 2. Maintain 3 -inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or O protected from contact with insulation. 0 0 3.5 INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Interior blanket/batt insulation: 0 1. At locations indicated on the drawings. 0 2. R-19 batts, minimum. 0 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and 3 cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. D END OF SECTION 072100 j j D THERMAL INSULATION 072100-5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRE -STOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls. 2. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies. 3. Penetrations in smoke barriers. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1.2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. MSDS for each type of product proposed for use. C. Product Schedule: For each penetration fire -stopping system. Include location and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular penetration fire -stopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration fire -stopping manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire - resistance -rated assembly. D. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating penetration fire -stopping has been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Product test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Fire -stop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified Fire -stop Contractor Program Requirements." B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Penetration fire -stopping shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Penetration fire -stopping tests are performed by UL, FM Global, or a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Penetration fire -stopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Penetration Fire -stopping" Article. Provide rated systems bearing marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 2. Grace Construction Products. 3. Hilti, Inc. 4. Johns Manville. 5. Nelson Fire -stop Products. 6. NUCO Inc. 7. Passive Fire Protection Partners. 8. RectorSeal Corporation. 9. Specified Technologies Inc. 10. 3M Fire Protection Products. 11. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group. 12. USG Corporation. 2.2 PENETRATION FIRE -STOPPING A. Provide penetration fire -stopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire - resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration fire -stopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any. B. Penetrations in Fire -Resistance -Rated Walls: Ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 -inch wg (2.49 Pa). C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or U1;1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01 -inch wg (2.49 Pa). 1. F -Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T -Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration fire -stopping with ratings determined per UL 1479. 1. L -Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. (0.025 cu. m/s per sq. m) of penetration opening at 0.30 -inch wg (74.7 Pa) at both ambient and elevated temperatures. PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 2 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT a a E. Exposed Penetration Fire -stopping: Provide products with flame -spread and smoke -developed 0 indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. O F. VOC Content: Provide penetration fire -stopping that complies with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 0 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. O 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. O G Accessories: Provide components for each penetration fire -stopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration fire -stopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for fire -stopping indicated. 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 0 O 3.1 INSTALLATION © A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting 0 performance of the Work. O B. Install penetration fire -stopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions 0 and published drawings for products and applications indicated. O C. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during O their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths 0 required to achieve fire ratings indicated. O 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible fire- () materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of fire - stopping. D. Install fill materials for fire -stopping by proven techniques to produce the following results: 0 0 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated. 0 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and O penetrating items. O 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 0 a a 0 0 0 0 0 0 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.2 IDENTIFICATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Identify penetration fire -stopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of fire -stopping edge so labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or fire -stopping. Use mechanical fasteners or self -adhering -type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Fire -stopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration fire -stopping is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration fire -stopping to comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing penetration fire -stopping with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements. 3.4 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE A. Where UL -classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ. B. Where Intertek ETL SEMKO-listed systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers in Intertek ETL SEMKO's "Directory of Listed Building Products" under "Fire -stop Systems." C. Where FM Global -approved systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers listed in FM Global's "Building Materials Approval Guide" under "Wall and Floor Penetration Fire Stops." END OF SECTION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 4 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 0 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SECTION 078446 - FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and. Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Joints in or between fire -resistance -rated constructions. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 078413 "Penetration Fire -stopping" for penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating fire -resistive joint systems have been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for fire -resistive joint systems. FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 078446 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing fire -resistive joint systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its fire -resistive joint system products to Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on buyer. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Fire -resistive joint systems shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Fire -resistive joint system tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Fire -resistive joint systems are identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Fire -Resistive Joint Systems" Article. Provide. rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Fire -resistive joint system products bear classification marking of qualified testing agency. b. Fire -resistive joint systems correspond to those indicated by reference to designations listed by the following: 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install fire -resistive joint systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by fire -resistive joint system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure fire -resistive joint systems per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilation or, where this is inadequate, forced -air circulation. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction . of joints to ensure that fire -resistive joint systems are installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of joints to accommodate fire -resistive joint systems. C. Notify Owner's testing agency at least seven days in advance of fire -resistive joint system installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations. FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 078446 - 2 C C BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q PART 2- PRODUCTS p 2.1 FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS A. Where required, provide fire -resistive joint systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of assemblies in or between which fire -resistive joint systems are installed. Fire -resistive joint systems shall accommodate building movements Q without impairing their ability to resist the passage of fire and hot gases. Q B. Joints in or between Fire -Resistance -Rated Construction: Provide fire -resistive joint systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 1966 or UL 2079: 1. Joints include those installed in or between fire -resistance -rated walls, floor or Q floor/ceiling assemblies, and roofs or roof/ceiling assemblies. 2. Fire -Resistance Rating: Equal to or exceeding the fire -resistance rating of construction they will join. © C. Exposed Fire -Resistive Joint Systems: Provide products with flame -spread and smoke - developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. © D. VOC Content: Fire -resistive joint system sealants shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. Q 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. Q E. Accessories: Provide components of fire -resistive joint systems, including primers and forming Q materials, that are needed ,to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only components specified by fire -resistive joint system manufacturer and approved by the qualified Q testing agency for systems indicated. Q Q PART 3 - EXECUTION 0 Q 3.1 EXAMINATION Q A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configurations, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Q B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Q Q Q Q Q 0 0 0 Q FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 078446 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.2 PREPARATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Surface Cleaning: Clean joints immediately before installing fire -resistive joint systems to comply with fire -resistive joint system manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of joint substrates foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of fill materials. 2. Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by fire -resistive joint system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent fill materials of fire -resistive joint system from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing fire -resistive joint system's seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire -resistive joint systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of fire - resistive joint system. C. Install fill materials for fire -resistive joint systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by joints and forming materials as required to achieve fire - resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by joints. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 078446 - 4 C O Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING Q A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with Q cleaning materials that are approved in writing by fire -resistive joint system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which joints occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure fire - resistive joint systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If Q damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated fire -resistive joint systems immediately and install new materials to produce fire - resistive joint systems complying with specified requirements. Q Q Q 0 0 C 0 Q 0 3.5 FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Where UL -classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHBN. B. Wall -to -Wall, Fire -Resistive Joint Systems: 1. UL -Classified Systems: WW -D 0000-0999, 1000-1999, 2000-2999, 3000-3999, 4000- 4999. 2. Assembly Rating: As Indicated. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. C. Head -of -Wall, Fire -Resistive Joint Systems: 1. UL Classified Systems: HD -D 0000-0999, 1000-1999, 2000-2999, 3000-3999, 4000- 4999. 2. Assembly Rating: As Indicated. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. D. Floor -to -Wall, Fire -Resistive Joint Systems: 1. UL Classified Systems: FW -D 0000-0999, 1000-1999, 2000-2999, 3000-3999, 4000- 4999. 2. Assembly Rating: As Indicated. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. END OF SECTION 078446 FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 078446 - 5 C O O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 Q MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q. SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL Q © 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 0 A. Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Q . 1.2 SUMMARY Q Q A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations: 1. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: 2. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 3. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. Q 4. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and Q windows. 5. Perimeter joints of plumbing fixtures. Q 6. Sound control joints at acoustically rated walls. 7. Other joints as indicated. Q B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board" for sealing concealed perimeter joints of gypsum Qboard partitions to reduce sound transmission. Q D 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to O maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Q B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Q Q 0 Q 0 Q 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Schedule showing proposed location where each product is to be used. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT D. Samples for Color Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors available for each sealant product being installed. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet, dirty or dusty. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 C a C C Q 0 Q Q 0 0 0 Q Q Q Q Q Q 0 Q Q Q 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Colors: Color of exposed joint sealants to match as closely as possible the finish color of adjacent surface. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated, including those requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for Uses indicated. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Acrylic Latex: Manufacturer's standard one -part, siliconized acrylic sealant complying with ASTM C-834. 1. Use in interior vertical and horizontal wall joints, door and window frames, millwork joints not subject to water, and other interior joints where sealant is required but is not indicated to be calked with another type of sealant as specified below or in other specification sections. 2 Acceptable Products: a. "AC -20," Pecora Corp. b. "Sonolac," Sonneborn Building Products. c. "Tremflex 834," Tremco, Inc. 2.4 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant: Manufacturer's standard one part, neutral curing sanitary sealant complying with ASTM C-920, Class 25. 1. Use around plumbing fixtures. 2. Acceptable Products: a. "786," Dow Corning. b. "Sanitary SCSI 700," GE. c. "898," Pecora Corp. d. "Tremsil 600", Tremco. B. Silicone Sealant: Manufacturer's standard one part moisture curing sealant complying with ASTM C-920, Class 25, Type S, Grade NS. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Use at exterior perimeter of windows, window frames and aluminum storefronts. 2. Acceptable Products: a. "795," Dow Corning. b. "Construction SCS 1000," GE. c. "890," Pecora Corp. d. "Spectrem 1," Tremco. 2.5 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane Sealant: Manufacturer's standard single components, non sag, traffic grade. 1. Use at replacement sealant in exterior joints at exposed aggregate precast sills and columns. 2. Provide custom colors to match adjacent surfaces. 3. Acceptable Products: a. BASF Building Systems "Sonolastic Ultra." b. Pacifie Polymers INternationa, Inc. "Elasto-Thane 230 Type II." c. Sika Corporation, "Sida-Flex 1 a." d. Tremco, Inc., "Vulkem 116." 2.6 ACOUSTIC JOINT SEALANTS . Acoustic Sealant: Manufacturer's standard for STC rated construction. 1. Use at all walls. 2. Acceptable Products: a. Quiet Solution "QuietSeamRF" - QS -355 RF. 1-800-797-8159. b. USG "Sheetrock Acoustic Sealant". 2.7 TAPE SEALANTS A. Tape Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, solvent -free, butyl -based tape sealant with a solids content of 100 percent formulated to be nonstaining, paintable, and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces with or without reinforcement thread to prevent stretch and packaged on rolls with a release paper on one side. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. "Extru-Seal Tape," Pecora Corp. 2. "Shim -Seal Tape," Pecora Corp. 3. "PTI 606," Protective Treatments, Inc. 4. "Tremco 440 Tape," Tremco, Inc. 5. "MBT-35," Tremco, Inc. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 0 0 0 C 0 C C 0 C C C C C 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 C C 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 C C 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O , MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 2.8 JOINT SEALANT BACKING 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications O indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 0 B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, non - extruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape, and O density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant O performance: O 1. Closed -cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, non-outgassing in O unruptured state. C. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant O manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or O joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 0 O D. Pre -compressed Foam Sealant Backer: Polyurethane foam impregnated with a waterproof polymer sealing compound and a release agent on one face, precompressed and sized for 50% 0 compression when expanded in joint. 0 1. Acceptable Products: 0 a. "Polytite B"; Polytite Manufacturing Corp. 0 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 0 A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of O sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant -substrate tests and field tests. 0 O B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or O harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C. Masking Tape: Non -staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint; sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 C 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 0 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to, produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 0 © a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. O c. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application 0 and replace with dry material. 2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used between 0 sealants and joint fillers or back of joints. O D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths O that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant 0 backings are installed. O E. Tooling of Non -sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning 0 or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove O excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants 0 or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. O 1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F. Installation of Pre -compressed Foam Sealant Backer: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, and to comply with sealant manufacturer's directions for installation methods, materials, and tools that produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in conformance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.5 PROTECTION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 8 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 0 1.1 SUMMARY 0 O A. This Section includes non -load-bearing steel framing members for the following applications: 0 1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.). 2. Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.). B. Related Sections: 0 1. Division 7 Sections "Insulation" for insulating materials to be placed inside non- structural metal framing. ® 2. Division 9 Sections "Gypsum Board" and "Tiling" for materials supported by non- structural metal framing. 0 O 1.2 SUBMITTALS © A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 0 0 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies that incorporate non - load -bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in 0 assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. 0 B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For STC -rated assemblies that incorporate non -load - 0 bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly 0 indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 -by an independent testing agency. 0 O PART 2- PRODUCTS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.1 NON -LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with average recycled content of steel products such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant zinc coating, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 -mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch- (1.21 -mm-) diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 -inch (4.12 -mm) diameter. D. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3/16 inch (25.4 by 4.76 mm) by length indicated. E. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base -metal thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm) and minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm-) wide flanges. 1. Depth: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm). F. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538 -inch (1.37 -mm) bare -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2- inch- (12.7 -mm-) wide flanges, 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) deep. 2. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645. a Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 20 gage 0.0346 inch (0.872mm). b Depth: 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm), except as indicated otherwise on the drawings. 3. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) deep. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm). 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Steel Studs and Runner Track: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 18 gauge; heavier gauges as indicated on the drawings. 2. Provide floor track with minimum 4 -inch high flanges at toilet room and shower room locations where depressed slabs and thick -set tile applications occur. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 2 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Double -Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2 -inch- (50.8 -mm) deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 2. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiTrack VTD Series. 2) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). 3) Sliptrack Systems SLP -TRK Slotted Top Track. C. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 16 gage. D. Cold -Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538 -inch (1.37 -mm) bare -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm-) wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm). 2. Clip Angle:. Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38.1 by 38.1 mm), 0.068 -inch- (1.73- mm-) thick, galvanized steel. E. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm). 2. Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm), except as indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 3. Furring Channels for use with Sound Isolation Clips: Minimum 25 gauge with hemmed edge detail, or 22 gauge without hemmed edges, with the following minimum dimensions: a. 7/8 inch tall, and 1-1/4 inch and 2-1/2 inch minimum for narrow and wide widths respectively. b. Provide channel recommended by the Sound Isolation Clip manufacturer. F. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm-) deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical. G. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538 -inch (1.37 -mm) bare -steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm-) wide flanges. 1. Depth: 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) except as indicated otherwise on the Drawings. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare - steel thickness of 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm). 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 - mm -)diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch- (1.21 -mm-) diameter wire. H. Z -Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches (31.8 mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22.2 mm), minimum bare -metal thickness of 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 1. Control Joint Molding: Manufacturer's standard to provide 'A" wide control joint in gypsum board surface at locations indicated on the drawings. BoD is USG CJ #093. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 1. Provide fasteners for Sound Isolation Clips as required by clip manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. 3.2 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. B. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counter -splaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 4 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 0 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 0 a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 0 O 3. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 4. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 0 5. Do not attach hangers to rolled -in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 6. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. C. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. D. Seismic Bracing: Sway -brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. O E. Install Sound Isolator assemblies for the support of gypsum board assemblies over structure at spacing recommended by the clip manufacturer, to support steel joists at 16" oc. F. Installation. Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 O mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely 0 between parallel members that will receive finishes. 0 0 A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. 3.3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES 0 B. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to O terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above 0 ceiling. 0 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to O produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. O 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 0 a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. O b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch (12.7 -mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly where occurring. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of structure or decking above. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Installframing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor r to underside of solid structure. NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance - rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated'assembly indicated. 6. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of not less than 2 studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. C. Z -Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation (specified. in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation") vertically and hold in place with Z -furring members spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw -attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no -more than 12 inches (300 mm) from corner and cut insulation to fit. D. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 6 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Interior tile backing panels. NOT USED 3. Drywall suspension system for "Cloud" ceilings at lobbies. NOT USED B. Related Work 1. Division 7 Section - "Thermal Insulation" for sound attenuation batts installed in metal frame and gypsum board walls. 2. Division 9 Section - "Non -Structural Metal Framing" for studs and framing for support of gypsum board. 3. Division 22 Sections — Plumbing. NOT USED 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC -Rated Assemblies: For STC -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELS, GENERAL A. Recycled Content: Provide gypsum panel products with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre -consumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 20 percent by weight. B. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Manufacturers: Subjeci to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. BPB America Inc. b. G -P Gypsum. c. National Gypsum Company. d. PABCO Gypsum. e. USG Corporation. B. Type X: 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Moisture and Mold Resistant Type. With moisture- and mold -resistant core and surfaces. 1. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Ceiling Type. Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9. mm) 2. Long Edges: Tapered. E. High impact Type. 1.. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS — NOT USED A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.1. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; FiberCement BackerBoard. b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. c. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board. d. National Gypsum Company, Permabase Cement Board e. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O 0 0 0 C 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 O 2.4 DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Components: All main beams and cross tees shall be commercial quality hot -dipped galvanized steel as per ASTM A 653. Main beams, and cross tees are double -web steel construction with © type exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping pre -finished galvanized steel in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching. © 1. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 HD. O 2. Color: White and match actual color of selected ceiling tile, unless noted otherwise. O 3. Acceptable Product: Drywall Grid System as manufactured by Armstrong. World Industries, Inc. B. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. O C. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, pre -stretched, with a yield stress load of at least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. 0 D. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded aluminum of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations, including light fixtures, O that fit type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. Provide moldings with exposed flange of the same width as exposed runner. 0 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. © 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper -faced galvanized steel sheet. One type used throughout. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. O b. Bullnose bead. c. LC -Bead: .I -shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L -Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. O e. Expansion (control) joint. f. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. g. Reveal Moldings: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063 T5 with chemical conversion 0 coating. 1) U-shaped molding: Fry Reglet Corp., "DRM-625-75," 5/8 " deep x 3/4" O width. 2) Z-shaped molding: Fry Reglet Corp., "DRMZ — 625-75," 5/8 " deep x 3/4" width. 3) F -shaped molding: Fry Reglet Corp., "DRMF — 625-75, 5/8" deep x 3/4 ". 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping or drying -type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: As specified in Division 7 Section Thermal Insulation. 1. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O O O O O O O 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 Q 0 0 0 0 Q Q Q 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 Q Q Q Q Q Q B. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires spaced 4' — 0" on center along the length of the main runner. Install hanger wires plumb and straight. Q C. Install wall moldings at intersection of suspended ceiling system and vertical surfaces where indicated on Drawings. Miter corners where wall moldings intersect or install corner caps. BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Provide sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2 -inch- (6.4- to 12.7 -mm-) wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. 3.2 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Type X: All locations except where flexible type is required unless otherwise indicated. 2. Flexible Type: Apply in double layer at curved assemblies. 3.3 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.1, at locations indicated to receive tile. B. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.4 DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install suspension system and panels in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in compliance with ASTM C 636 and with the authorities having jurisdiction. Q D. For reveal edge panels: Cut and reveal or rabbet edges of ceiling panels at border areas and vertical surfaces. GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system, with edges resting on flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fit panels neatly against abutting surfaces. Support by wall moldings. 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. U -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. 4. Reveal Molding or Control Joint Molding: At locations and spacing as indicted on the drawings. 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for, decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. 3. Level 3: Embed tape and apply separate first and fill coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where indicated. 4. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will not be exposed to view in non- employee or staff areas, and those that are indicated to receive textured finishes and those that are painted with flat paints, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Level 5: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface. Level 5 finish is required at all walls and ceilings at offices and conference rooms; except at surfaces of storerooms, machine room, janitor rooms and similar rooms not exposed to view in the finish work. GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 O O • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • e, • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • BOEING'BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS . DEVELOPMENTAL ;CENTER "- TUKWILA,`WASHINGTON 3.7 PROTECTION' A. Protect installed products from damage from condensation, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1 Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are' notlimited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 7 0 0 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 © SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient base and accessories. B. Related Sections: I. Division 9 Section -"Tile Carpeting" for carpet to be installed with resilient wall base. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Division 1 section "Submittal Procedures" for Confirmation Notice Submittal requirements, if applicable, in lieu of product literature and samples. B. Product Data: For each product indicated. C. Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. D. Maintenance data. E. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage a qualified installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer. B. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, top -set, rubber, resilient straight and cove base types as indicated on the drawing, shall be installed. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. b. Straight Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Treads and Accessories: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1.000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 2 0 Q O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. 1. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 2. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 3. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 4. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. 3.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with the following: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from resilient stair treads before applying liquid floor polish. Apply coats as recommended by product manufacturer, but no fewer than two coats. B. Cover and protect resilient products until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes carpet tile and its installation. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Carpet tile products are contractor furnished and contractor installed in the Elevator Cab. Scheduling of submittals, installation, protection after installation, and coordination of the Work of this section with other trades are the responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Contractor is responsible for removal of existing floor coverings, mastics and the like, and for preparation of the substrates, including leveling, to receive new floor covering materials. C. Related sections: 1. None 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Division 1 section "Submittal Procedures" for Confirmation Notice Submittal requirements, if applicable, in lieu of product literature and samples. B. Product Data: For each product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Pattern of installation. 2. Pattern type, location, and direction. 3. Pile direction. 4. Transition and other accessory strips. 5. Transition details to other flooring materials. D. Samples: For each carpet tile exposed accessory and for each color and pattern required. E. Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. F. Maintenance data. TILE CARPETING 096813 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Installer Qualifications: The Contractor shall engage a qualified installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: Comply with CR1 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet tile until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Where systems furnishings or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet tile, install carpet tile before installing these items. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace carpet tile that does not comply with requirements or that fails within 10 years fromdate of Substantial Completion. 1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile from unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and de -lamination. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE (MODULAR CARPET) A. Products: Owner has contracts for supply and replacement for tile carpeting materials indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, the carpet tile types as indicated on the Color and Material Schedule on the drawings shall be provided. 1. Environmental Requirements: Provide carpet tile that complies with testing and product requirements of Carpet and Rug Institute's "Green Label Plus" program. 2. Backing- Provide carpet tile with recycled backing: ICT RC Fiberglass Reinforced Thermoplastic Tile with 35% recycled content. TILE CARPETING 096813 - 2 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES O A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, hydraulic -cement -based 0 formulation provided by or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. Q B. Tile Carpeting Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew -resistant, non -staining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile and that is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives with VOC content not more than 50 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24). Q 0 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 0 Q A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet 0 tile performance. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for carpet tile O installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: O 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners and other Q materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness O characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. Q 2. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. O C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 0 O 3.2 PREPARATION 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A. Tile Carpeting: 1. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and carpet tile . manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile installation. 2. For Concrete floors, use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. 3. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. 4. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. TILE CARPETING 096813 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.3 TILE CARPETING INSTALLATION A. Tile Carpeting General: Comply with the following: 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Comply with CRI 104, Section 13, "Carpet Modules (Tiles)," and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. 2. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. 3. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 4. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open -bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. 5. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, non- staining marking device. 6. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O O O 0 0 a. Install modular units one quarter turned in patterns as indicated on the drawings. 0 0 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 0 A. Tile Carpeting� 0 0 1. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile: 0 a. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner 0 recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 0 b. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet tile surface. c. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face -beater element. 0 2. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Protection of Indoor 0 Installations." 0 3. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of 0 equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. 0 4. Final vacuum floors thoroughly prior to Owner acceptance (Substantial Completion). O 0 END OF SECTION 096813 0 TILE CARPETING 096813 - 4 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 © SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING O PART I - GENERAL 0 © 1.1 SUMMARY 0 O A. Field painting of exposed interior items and surfaces. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Division 1 section "Submittal Procedures" for Confirmation Notice Submittal © requirements, if applicable, in lieu of product literature. Samples required. O B. Product Data: For each product indicated. O C. Benchmark Samples for each type of coating. 0 O PART 2- PRODUCTS © 2.1 MANUFACUTERS 0 Q A. Manufacturers: Painting products manufactured or supplied by Glidden are the Basis -of -Design products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following O manufacturer: 1. Glidden Professional O 22643 83`d Avenue South, Suite E&F Q Kent, Washington, 98032 253.872.3577 0 Michael Mann (Kent) Q Rick Garlin (Corporate) Glidden Professional O Devoe Coatings all paint must be from the above only Glidden Professional paints. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 1. Use only fillers and primers recommended in writing by the primary coating manufacturer for the substrate and coating used. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. VOC Content of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Anti -Corrosive and Anti -Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 4. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 5. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 6. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. C. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. D. Colors: Match existing wall color or as called for in the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. B. Do not paint prefinished items, shop finished materials, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include factory -finished components. 2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in generally inaccessible spaces. 3. Finished metal surfaces. 4. Operating parts: moving parts of operating equipment, valves, linkages, sensing devices and the like. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 3.2 EXAMINATION Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2 0 C 0 0 0 Q Q 0 Q Q Q Q 0 0 Q C Q 0 0 0 Q Q Q C Q 0 Q Q Q Q Q Q Q 0 Q 0 C Q 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.3 APPLICATION Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be painted. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided 'to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. Reinstall items removed after painting is complete. D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according, to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime,. 2. Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease and oils by power washing or other means acceptable to the coating manufacturer. a. Do not damage existing surfaces. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat; 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non -petroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. E. Material Preparation: Maintain containers, and stir and mix materials in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. F. Exposed Surfaces: Areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers and similar components are in place. 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 2. Paint backsides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 1. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. When applying to existing surfaces where partial painting, touch-up or patch and repair, are indicated or required, apply coatings to the nearest corner, break in surface plane, expansion or control joint, or similar obvious demarcation point. 2. Minimum Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Prime Coats: Apply a prime coat(s) as recommended by manufacturer: apply to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 4. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. J. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT K. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.5 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. B. Gypsum Board: Two finish coats of interior low -luster acrylic enamel over interior gypsum board primer; except two finish coats of interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel over interior gypsum board primer at exposed GWB in toilet rooms. C. Painted Wood and Hardboard: Two finish coats of interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel over interior wood primer. D. Ferrous Metal: Two finish coats of interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel over interior ferrous - metal primer. E. Zinc -Coated Metal: Two finish coats of interior semi -gloss acrylic enamel over interior zinc - coated metal primer. F. Exposed Steel Metal Deck, Beams and Joists at first and second floors: 1. Dry Fall coating: Two coats, 1.5 to 2 mils dry film thickness (DFT), each coat. 2. Spray all conduit, piping, ductwork and similar items exposed to view in the finish work. 3. Spray exposed structure above `floating' suspended ceilings a minimum of six feet horizontally beyond the outer edge of suspended ceilings. END OF SECTION 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 5 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O SECTION 230517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING O PART 1 - GENERAL 0 1.1 SUMMARY 0 O A. Section Includes: O 1. Sleeves. O 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 3. Grout. 0 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS O A. Product Data: For each type of product. 0 O 1.3; INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 0 O A. Field quality -control reports. 0 O PART 2- PRODUCTS 0 O 2.1 SLEEVES 0 O O 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. O 2. CALPICO, Inc. O B. PVC Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. 0 O 2.2 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS O A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering O products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: O 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. O 2. CALPICO, Inc. O 3. Metraflex Company (The). 0 0 0 O SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - l 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Description: 1. Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 2. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of 20 psig minimum. 3. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size. 4. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel, Type 316. 5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel, Type 316, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.3 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire -rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.4 SILICONE SEALANTS A. The use of silicone sealants will not be allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1 -inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 2 C C C C C C C 0 C C C C C C C C C C 0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. O Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. 3.2 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION 0 O A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. 0 Q 0 0 0 O 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 0 O A. Perform the following tests and inspections: B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. O 1. Leak Test: After allowing' for a full cure, test sleeves and sleeve seals for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B. Sleeves and sleeve seals will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 3 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 0 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SECTION 230518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited th the following: 1. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company. 2. Dearborn Brass. 3. Mid-America Fittings, Inc. 2.2 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Steel Type: With rough mill finish and setscrew fastener. 2.3 FLOOR PLATES A. Split Floor Plates: Steel with concealed hinge. - PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished flows. ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One -Piece, Steel Type: With rough mill finish and setscrew fastener. b. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One -Piece, Steel Type: With rough mill finish and setscrew fastener. c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One -Piece, Steel Type: With rough mill finish and setscrew fastener. d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One -Piece, Steel Type:. With rough mill finish and setscrew fastener. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One -Piece, Steel Type: With rough mill finish and setscrew fastener. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: Split floor plate. 2. Existing Piping: Split floor plate. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates. END OF SECTION 230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 - 2 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 0 0 3 Q 3 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Equipment supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers. 2. Include design calculations for designing trapeze hangers. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Structural -Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - l BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic -restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized, hot -dip galvanized, or electro -galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated, or epoxy powder -coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, copper -plated steel, factory -fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper -plated steel. C. Stainless -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP -58, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 carbon -steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U - bolts. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 2.4 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS O A. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig O minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. O B. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig O minimum compressive strength. 0 C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. O D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. 0 O E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.5 , FASTENER SYSTEMS Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. c. MKT Fastening, LLC. O B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and O building materials where used. O 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 following: a. B-line, an Eaton business. b. Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. Hilti, Inc. 2. Indoor Applications: Zinc -coated steel. 3. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel 2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon - steel shapes. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.7 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221. B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M. E. Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Strength of Support Assemblies: 1. Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to. carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. 2. Material: Use of galvanized materials not allowed on exterior of building. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field -assembled strut systems. D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4 © BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 © MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT • E. Fastener System Installation: • 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less • than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. • 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. S • F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. • • G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. • H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping • systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. • • 1. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional • attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten • inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. • K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses • from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. • L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed • maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. • M. Insulated Piping: • I. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. • • a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. • b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield • insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. • c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services Piping. • 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is • indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. • a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- • distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. • 3. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields • shall span an arc of 180 degrees. • • • HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 • • BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium -silicate -insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.Field weld connections that cannotbe shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base. metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 6 000'0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger. and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP -58 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications in interior locations. F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications in interior locations. G. Use copper -plated pipe hangers and copper attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Use thermal -hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F, pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10. ISSUE FOR PERMIT 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 9. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 11. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 12. U -Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel - pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate, and with U -bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single -Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS l to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. K. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or. Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 = 8 e ® BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 A� MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT L. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: ® 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. ® 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. ® 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. ® 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system ® Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend ® pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. ® 2. Top -Beam C -Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. ® 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. ® 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C -Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. ® 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I -beams. ® 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- ® beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- ® beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. ® 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. ® 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above ® by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: ® a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. ® b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. ® 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear le horizontal movement where headroom is limited. ® N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel -Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. ® HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 9 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint -Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches. 3. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load -adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical -type supports and one trapeze member. P. Comply with MSS SP -58 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 10 • • • s s s • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • S • • • • • • • • 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON O SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032 -inch, Stainless steel, 0.025 -inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032 -inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for Q attachment hardware. O 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 0 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 O inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the O size of principal lettering. O 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Equipment labels. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS Metal Labels for Equipment: 0 O B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the O Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -ll -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulates. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and. visible. END OF SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 0 C 0 C 0 C 0 C C C C 0 0 0 0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT © SECTION 230993.11 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC DDC © PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 0 A. Section includes control sequences for HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment. 0 O 1.2 TERMINAL UNIT OPERATING SEQUENCE O A. DX Split System: O 1. Manual Start: Start and stop fan. 2. Space Temperature: Cycle condensing unit and FCU to maintain indicated temperature. O a Cooling Temperature: 78° F. B. Existing Exhaust Fan: 0 1. Existing exhaust fan shall act as economizer to maintain setpoint. Exhaust fan shall be © enabled on call for cooling and shall cycle off at 78° F outside air temperature. © PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 0 O PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 0 END OF SECTION 230993.11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC DDC 230993.11 - 1 0 0 0000000000000000000000000.000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 238126 - SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Section includes split -system air-conditioning and heat -pump units consisting of separate evaporator -fan and compressor -condenser components. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data.,Data shall clearly indicate installed make and model with all specific installation details in the manual. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label .refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." C. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.6 WARRANTY 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form inwhich manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split -system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mitsubishi Electric & Electronics USA, Inc. 2. Samsung HVAC. 3. SANYO North America Corporation. 2.2 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS) A. Wall -Mounted, Evaporator -Fan Components: 1. Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal - expansion valve. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal. 4. Fan Motors: a. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. b. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. c. NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. d. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. e. Mount unit -mounted disconnect switches on exterior of unit. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 6. Condensate Drain Pans: SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 2 • BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 • MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT a Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) 41110 and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. • 1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face. • • b. Single-wall, galvanized -steel sheet. c. Pan -Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound. • 7. Air Filtration Section: 5 a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: 1) Comply with NFPA 90A. 2) Minimum MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2. • 3) Filter -Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. • 2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS) A. Air -Cooled, Compressor -Condenser Components: • • 1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. • 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current -sensitive overload • devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. • a. Compressor Type: Scroll. • b. Two -speed compressor motor with manual -reset high-pressure switch and • automatic -reset low-pressure switch. c. Refrigerant: R -410A. d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 206/110. • 3. Fan: Aluminum -propeller type, directly connected to motor. • 4. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal -overload protection. 5. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F. • 6. Mounting Base: Polyethylene. • • 2.4 DDC Controller: •A Controller shall have non -volatile -memory backup. • B. Scheduled Operation: 365 days per year without setback or warmup. • e • SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 3 e e BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT ] . Temperatures: As indicated in 230993.11 Sequence of Operations for HVAC DDC C. Split System Operation: Energize split system to as required to maintain space temperature. D. Existing Unit Heater Operation: Cycle coil to maintain room temperature. 1. Unoccupied Periods: Energize coil to maintain setback temperature. E. Economizer Outdoor -Air Damper Operation — Existing Exhaust Fan: 1. Controller shall permit air -side economizer operation when outdoor air is less than 60 deg F. Use outdoor -air temperature to energize exhaust fan. During economizer cycle operation, lock out cooling. F. Interface Requirements for HVAC Instrumentation and Control System: 1. Interface relay for scheduled operation. 2. Interface relay to provide indication of fault at the central workstation and diagnostic code storage. 3. Provide compatible interface for central HVAC control system for the following: a. Adjusting set points. b. Monitoring economizer cycles. G. Temperature Sensor: Low voltage with subbase. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Automatic -reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. B. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft -annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory -insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. C. Drain Hose: For condensate. D. Miscellaneous: 1. Condensate drain pump. 2. High condensate cut-off switch. 3. Monitor variable -frequency -drive operation. 4. Monitor economizer cycle. 5. Monitor cooling load. 6. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes. 2.6 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Cooling Capacity: As indicated. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 4 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O PART3-EXECUTION 0 Q 3.1 INSTALLATION Q A. Install units level and plumb. © B. Install evaporator -fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely Q fastened to building structure. O C. Equipment Mounting: O 1. Install roof -mounted, compressor -condenser components on pre -fabricated equipment curb rails. Retain one of two subparagraphs below. Retain first for projects in seismic Q areas; retain second for projects not in seismic areas. Indicate vibration isolation and Q seismic -control device type and minimum deflection in supported equipment schedule on Drawings. Q D. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick -connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. Q Q 3.2 ' CONNECTIONS © A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general O arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 3 B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. 0 © 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 0 3 A. Perform tests and inspections. 3 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to 0 inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and © to assist in testing. 0 B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest O until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm Q proper motor rotation and unit operation. O 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 0 C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. O D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 0 0 0 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 5 0 Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.4 DEMONSTRATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 260519 - LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 0 O 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 0 O A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 0 1.2 SUMMARY 0 O A. Section Includes: O 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. O 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. O 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 0 O A. Product Data: For each type of product. 0 O PART 2 - PRODUCTS 0 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES O A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering O products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: O 1. Alpha Wire. O 2. Belden Inc. 3. Encore Wire Corporation. O 4. General Cable Technologies Corporation. O 5. Southwire Incorporated. O B. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658. O C. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN-2- O THWN-2and Type SO. 0 O 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES O A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering O products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: O 0 O LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Gardner Bender. 3. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 4. Ideal Industries, Inc. 5. Ilsco; a branch of Bardes Corporation. 6. NSi Industries LLC. 7. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of the EGS Electrical Group. 8. 3M; Electrical Markets Division. 9. Tyco Electronics. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger, except VFC cable, which shall be extra flexible stranded. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2- THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. D. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES O A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to 0 Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and O cables. O C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. 0 D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. 0 O E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. 0 O F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." O O 3.4 CONNECTIONS OA. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - 0 tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A -486B. 0 B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material. O C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack. 0 O 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for O Electrical Systems." O B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of O conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 0 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS 0 0 A: Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply 0 with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 0 O . 0 0 0 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.7 FIRESTOPPING 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4 C C C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 C C C C 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 C C C 0 0 C 0 0 0 0 0 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISISUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Grounding systems and equipment. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.2 CONNECTORS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, pressure type with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Bus -bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression -type wire terminals, and long -barrel, two -bolt connection to ground bus bar. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct - mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. C. Signal and Communication Equipment: In addition to grounding and bonding required by NFPA 70, provide a separate grounding system complying with requirements in TIA/ATIS J - STD -607-A. 1. For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 2. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4 -by -4 -by -12 -inch (6.3 -by -100 -by -300 -mm) grounding bus. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2 O . BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS © DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT © 3. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. Q 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise Q indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. O B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. Cl. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect -type connection 0 is required, use a bolted clamp. © C. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: Q 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; Q use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug -type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or Q sleeve to conductor at each end. - 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water ' meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 0 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. C D. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond 0 across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. © E. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner 0 column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet (18 m) apart. ® F. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for instruction signs. The label or its text shall be green. C C Q 0 0 0 0 Q GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 - ISSUE FOR PERMIT G. Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the grounding electrode conductor where exposed. 1. Label Text: "If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason, notify the facility manager." END OF SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 260548.16 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems" for products and installation requirements necessary for compliance with seismic criteria. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. B. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel slotted support systems. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified together with concrete Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2 0000000.000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) MKT Fastening, LLC. 2. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP -58. 3. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for attached structural element. 4. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 5. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 6. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3:2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR .PER.MIT A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with lock washers and nuts. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 6. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed area immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded . areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5 o C BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS O PART 1 - GENERAL 0 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS C O A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 0 Q 1.2 SUMMARY 0 O A. Section Includes: O 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 3. Surface raceways. O 4. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. O 5. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. O 1.3 DEFINITIONS 0 O A. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. C O 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS O A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover O enclosures, and cabinets. 0 O 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS O A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items O are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: O 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. O 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 0 0 C C C C 0 0 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Electri-Flex Company. 5. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group. 6. Picoma Industries, a subsidiary of Mueller Water Products, Inc. 7. Republic Conduit. 8. Robroy Industries. 9. Southwire Company. 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 11. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 12. Wheatland Tube Company; a division of John Maneely Company. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. D. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. E. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc -coated steel. F. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. G. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: compression. 2. Expansion Fittings: Steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. H. Joint Compound for GRC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q 0 Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.2 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper B -Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman; a Pentair company. 3. Mono -Systems, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type, l unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Adalet. 2. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse -Hinds. 3. EGS/Appleton Electric. 4. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 5. FSR Inc. 6. Hoffman; a Pentair company. 7. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Division. 8. Kraloy. 9. Milbank Manufacturing Co. 10. Mono -Systems, Inc. 11.. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group. 12. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 13. Robroy Industries. 14. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 15. Stahlin Non -Metallic Enclosures; a division of Robroy Industries. 16. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 17. Wiremold / Legrand. B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wetlocations shall be listed for use in wet locations. C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. D. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb (23 kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb (23 kg) shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. F. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. G. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. H. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. I. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm square by 60 mm deep). J. Gangable boxes are prohibited. K. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet -handling units. c. Mechanical rooms. 3. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 4 O O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS O DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT O 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet O locations. O 5. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. O 6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 25.0, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations. O C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch (21 -mm) trade size. 0 O D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. O 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless O otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. EMT: Use compression, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. O 3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with O NEMA FB 2.20. O E. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F (49 deg C). 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 -degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. J. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. K. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1 -1/4 -inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1 -1/2 -inch (41 -mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. L. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. M. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. N. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2 -inch (53 -mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. O. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 -lb (90 -kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. P. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. R. Expansion -Joint Fittings: 1. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 2. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. S. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. RACEWAYS AND BOXES. FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 6 0 Q Q BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT T. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured Q to center of box unless otherwise indicated. U. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same Q vertical channel. V. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. Q W. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. Q Q X. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. Q Y. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. Q Z. 4" square boxes or smaller dedicated to emergency circuits need to be painted orange inside and Q outside including the covers. For larger boxes than 4" square box, only covers need to be painted orange. Q Q 3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS Q © A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in. Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Q Cabling." Q 3.4 FIRESTOPPING Q A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Q Q 3.5 PROTECTION 'A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. Q 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Q END OF SECTION 260533 Q Q Q Q Q Q RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 7 Q Q oceoceeeeeeeeeeeeeec00000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON J 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT SECTION 260544 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves for raceway and cable penetration of non -fire -rated construction walls and floors. 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 3. Sleeve -seal fittings. 4. Grout. 5. Silicone sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves: 1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: • ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends. 2. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non -Fire -Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: Galvanized -steel sheet; 0.0239 -inch (0.6 -mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw -fastening the sleeve to the board. C. PVC -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. D. Molded -PVC Sleeves: With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND 260544 - 1 CABLING BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E. Molded -PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered -cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: I. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. 2. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and with no side larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter 50 inches (1270 mm) or more and one or more sides larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). 2.2 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. CALPICO, Inc. c. Hilti d. Metraflex Company (The). e. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. f. Proco Products, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.3 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire - rated walls or floors. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000 -psi (34.5-MPa), 28 -day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND 260544 - 2 CABLING 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 3 - EXECUTION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR NON -FIRE -RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Comply with NEMA VE 2 for cable tray and cable penetrations. C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above -Grade Non -Fire -Rated Concrete and Masonry -Unit Floors and Walls: 1. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. b. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations, unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting. 5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors. D. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non -Fire -Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. E. Roof -Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot -type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. F. Aboveground, Exterior -Wall Penetrations: Seal, penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1 -inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. G. Underground, Exterior -Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1 -inch (25 -mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND 260544 - 3' CABLING BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.2 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at raceway entries into building. B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve -seal fittings.. END OF SECTION 260544 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND 260544 - 4 CABLING 0 0 0 0 O C O 0 0 0 O O O O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260548.16 - SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Restraint channel bracings. 2. Restraint cables. 3. Seismic -restraint accessories. 4. Mechanical anchor bolts. 5. Adhesive anchor bolts. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for commonly used electrical supports and installation requirements. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic -restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. B. Delegated -Design Submittal: For each seismic -restraint device. 1. Include design calculations and details for selecting seismic restraints complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading caused by equipment weight, operation, and seismic forces required to select seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3. Seismic -Restraint Details: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Coordinate seismic -restraint and vibration isolation details with wind -restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. d.. Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for electrical components with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic restraints. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Comply with seismic -restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 2 O O O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 D. Seismic -restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis. They shall O bear anchorage preapproval from OSHPD in addition to preapproval, showing maximum seismic -restraint ratings, by ICC -ES or another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. O If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. O Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) that support seismic -restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. O E. Comply with NFPA 70. 0 O PART 2 - PRODUCTS 0 O 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS O A. Seismic -Restraint Loading: 1. Site Class as Defined in the IBC: D. O 2. Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Category as Defined in the IBC: II. O a. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. O b. Component Response Modification Factor: 1.5. O c. Component Amplification Factor: 1.0. O 3. Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods (0.2 Second): 138% G. O 4. Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0 -Second Period: 47%G. O 2.2 RESTRAINT CHANNEL BRACINGS O A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: O 1. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries. 2. Hilti, Inc. O 3. Mason Industries, Inc. O 4. Unistrut; Atkore International. O B. Description: MFMA-4, shop- or field -fabricated bracing assembly made of slotted steel O channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end, with other matching components, and with corrosion -resistant O coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 0 O 2.3 RESTRAINT CABLES 0 0 0 O O O 0 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Loos & Co., Inc. 3. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized -steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement. 2.4 SEISMIC -RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliancewith requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 1. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Mason Industries, Inc. 4. TOLCO; a brand of NIBCO INC. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted -support -system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. C. Hinged and Swivel. Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings. D. Bushings for Floor -Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. E. Bushing Assemblies for Wall -Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. F. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.5 MECHANICAL ANCHOR BOLTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries. 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 4. Mason Industries, Inc. B. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled -in and stud -wedge or female -wedge type in zinc -coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 4 O 0 O 0 0 O C 0 0 0 0 C O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 •••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••0000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.6 ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Hilti, Inc. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Mason Industries, Inc. B. Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled -in and capsule anchor system containing PVC or urethane methacrylate -based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc -coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic -control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for reinforcement and cast -in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Secure raceways and cables to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger -rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods caused by seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Equipment and Hanger Restraints: 1. Install resilient, bolt -isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction providing required submittals for component. B. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. C. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment -mounting channels are attached to wall. D. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. E. Drilled -in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc -coated steel anchors forinterior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where connection is terminated to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: I. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless post connection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 6 0 C 0 0 O O O 0 O 0 O O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 33373-10 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR PERMIT © 3. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. O 4. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by O Architect. 5. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. O B. Seismic controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. O C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 0 O 3.6 ADJUSTING © A. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. © END OF SECTION 260548.16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 - 7 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification of power and control cables. 2. Identification for conductors. 3. Underground -line warning tape. 4. Warning labels and signs. 5. Instruction signs. 6. Equipment identification labels. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Arc Flash Hazard Analysis. 1.4 • QUALITY ASSURANCE A Comply with ANSI A13.1 and IEEE C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 COORDINATION 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145.. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Labeling is to be reviewed and approved by the Facilities PM & Electrical Supervisor. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. D. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. E. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. F. Panels require labeling of necessary PPE with potential hazards as a result of Arc Flash Hazard Analysis. The Arc Flash Hazard Analysis shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each cable size. B. Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Self -Adhesive, Self -Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted, 3 -mil- (0.08 -mm-) thick "flexible label with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive that provides a clear, weather- and chemical - resistant, self -laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the cable diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. D. Heat -Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tube with machine -printed identification label. Sized to suit diameter of and shrinks to fit firmly around cable it identifies. Full shrink recovery at a maximum of 200 deg F (93 deg C). Comply with UL 224. E. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. F. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2 00000000000G0000000000©00000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. G. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. H. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.2 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by l to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide. B. Self -Adhesive, Self -Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted, 3 -mil- (0.08 -mm-) thick flexible label with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive that provides a clear, weather- and chemical - resistant, self -laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the conductor diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. C. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. D. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Heat -Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tube with machine -printed identification label. Sized to suit diameter of and shrinks to fit firmly around conductor it identifies. Full shrink recovery at a maximum of 200 deg F (93 deg C). Comply with UL 224. F. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. G. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 2. Labels for Tags: Self-adhesive label, machine -printed with permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer, sized for attachment to tag. 2.3 FLOOR MARKING TAPE A. 2 -inch- (50 -mm-) wide, 5 -mil (0.125 -mm) pressure -sensitive vinyl tape, with yellow and black stripes and clear vinyl overlay. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.4 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT B. Self -Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory -printed, multicolor, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked -Enamel Warning Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). Metal -Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 1. Weather -resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose -acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396- 0 inch (1 -mm) galvanized -steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for O application. 2. 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 0 3. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). O E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 0 1. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN 0 FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES 0 (915 MM)." O 0 2.5 INSTRUCTION SIGNS O A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick for signs 0 up to 20 sq. inches (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. O 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 0 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 0 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 0 B. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 0 Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 0 C. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal 0 transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall 0 provide a weatherproof and UV -resistant seal for label. 0 0 O O O IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q Q C Q Q Q 0 0 0. C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q Q Q Q C Q Q C Q Q C C C BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF -ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.6 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). B. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV -resistant seal for label. C. Self -Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark -gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). D. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark -gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.7 CABLE TIES A. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C), According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black except where used for color -coding. B. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C), According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black. C. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, self locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C), According to ASTM D 638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa). 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg C). 5. Color: Black. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Provide permanent signage, interior and exterior, at all utility boxes, vaults, manholes, etc. C. Tag lighting feeds with circuit number and panel ID. D. If banks of switching are installed that control various systems (i.e. lighting, AV, and projection screen, etc.) or various spaces (i.e. classroom and corridor, etc.) labeling with 1/8" black letters indicating function of each switch is required. E. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. F. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. G. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. H. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 1. Attach plastic raceway and cable labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. J. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. K. Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. L. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. IDENTIFICATIO=N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 O O 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 O O O 0 0 0 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Emergency Power. 2. Power. 3. UPS. B. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color -coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or. Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 6 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. 4) Neutral: White 5) Ground: Green c. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: I) Phase A: Brown. 2) Phase B: Orange. 3) Phase C: Yellow. 4) Neutral: Gray 5) Ground: Green d. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. C. 4" square boxes or smaller dedicated to emergency circuits need to be painted orange inside and outside including the covers. For larger boxes than 4" square box, only covers need to be painted orange. D. Install instructional sign including the color -code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive -film -type labels. E. Control -Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive, self -laminating polyester labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 7 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT F. Control -Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations provide self-adhesive, self -laminating polyester labels with the conductor designation. G. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write -on tags to conductors and list source. H. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. I. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Install underground -line warning tape for both direct -buried cables and cables in raceway. J. Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall be as required by NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush -mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. K. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs .to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with, approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. L. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2 -inch- (13 -mm-) high letters on 1 -1/2 -inch- (38 -mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 O C C O O O 0 O O O O O O 0 0 0 O O 0 O 0 O 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Switchgear. e. Switchboards. f. Transformers: Label that includes tag designation shown on Drawings for the transformer, feeder, and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. g. Substations. h. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. i. Motor -control centers. j. Enclosed switches. k. Enclosed circuit breakers. 1. Enclosed controllers. m. Variable -speed controllers. n. Push-button stations. o. Power transfer equipment. p. Contactors. q. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. r. Battery -inverter units. s. Battery racks. t. Power -generating units. u. Monitoring and control equipment. v. UPS equipment. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 9 0 0 O BOEING BUILDING 9-08 O MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 0 O 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 0 0 O 1.2 SUMMARY © A. Section Includes: 0 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. O 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Snap switches and wall -box dimmers. O 3. Wall -switch occupancy sensors. O 4. Communications outlets. 0 O 1.3 DEFINITIONS Q A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. Q B. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter. Q 0 C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch -circuit conductor. 0 D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. Q E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. Q F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. Q © 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 0 A. Coordination: O 1. Receptacles for Owner -Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 0 2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. Q Q 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS 0 A. Product Data: For each type of product. 0 0 C C 0 0 WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing - label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Cooper Wiring Devices; Division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). 2. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 3. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 4. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour). B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device andassociated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 GENERAL WIRING -DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 2.3 STRAIGHT -BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W -C-596. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; 5351 (single), CR5362 (duplex). b. Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), HBL5352 (duplex). c. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). d. Pass & Seymour; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex). 2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: 1. Straight blade, non -feed -through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W -C-596. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cooper; VGF20. b. Hubbell; GFR5352L. c. Pass & Seymour; 2095. d. Leviton; 7590. 2.5 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W -S-896. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Single Pole: a) Cooper; AH 1221. b) Hubbell; HBL1221. c) Leviton; 1221-2. d) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC1. Two Pole: a) Cooper; AH 1222. b) Hubbell; HBL 1222. c) Leviton; 1222-2. d) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC2. 3) Three Way: a) Cooper; AH 1223. b) Hubbell; HBL 1223: c) Leviton; 1223-2. d) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC3. 4) Four Way: a) Cooper; AH 1224. b) Hubbell; HBL1224. c) Leviton; 1224-2. d) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC4. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.6 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high -impact thermoplastic. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, high -impact thermoplastic. 3. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. 2.7 FINISHES A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. B. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 BOEING BUILDING 9-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER - TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Device Installation: 33373-10 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device -mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black -filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. END OF SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 5 1/2/2020 0 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D17-0254 BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 2/4/2020. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 2/4/2020, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: DI7-0254 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 July 29, 2019 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director Martin Probst PO Box 3707: M/C: 46-208 Seattle, WA 98124 RE: Request for Permit Extension #3 Building Permit D17-0254 Boeing #9-08 — Elevator Upgrade — 9725 E Marginal Way S Bldg. 9-008 Dear Martin, This letter is in response to your written request for extension of permit number D17-0254. The Building Official has reviewed your letter, it has been determined that the City of Tukwila Building Department will not be extending the permit because it has already received the maximum 2 extensions. As a result, this permit will expire on August 23, 2019. If you have any concerns or questions, feel free to contact me in the permit center at 206 431-3670. If you wish to discuss the determination made, please contact the Building Official directly at 206 431-3675. Sincerely, Kandace Nichols Permit Technician File: Permit No. D17-0254 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov Kandace Nichols From: Probst (US), Martin R <Martin.R.Probst@boeing.com> Sent: Monday, July 22, 2019 10:59 AM To: Kandace Nichols Subject: D17-0254: 9-08 Elevator Kandace, I received a letter from you dated 6/28/2019 regarding the above mentioned permit stating that no final inspection had been called. This is a correct observation and the reason it has not been called in is that work was delayed. We are planning on starting back up mid-August. The permit, however, is due to expire on 8/23/2019. Therefore I would like to request consideration for an extension. Thanks, Martin Probst CODE COMPLIANCE & PERMITTING FACILITIES AND ASSET MANAGEMENT SUPPLY CHAIN AND OPERATIONS ENTERPRISE SERVICES Phone: 206-852-4985, Fax: 253-657-4659 Email: martin. r. probsttc'Dboeinq.com Schedule: 5/40. 6:30am-3:OOpm. NOTICE: This communication may contain proprietary or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient, or believe that you have received this communication in error, please do not print, copy, retransmit, disseminate, or otherwise use the information. Also, please indicate to the sender that you have received this e-mail in error, and delete the copy you received. I CAUTION: This email originated from outside the City of Tukwila network. Please DO NOT open attachments or click links from an unknown or suspicious origin. ; [Current E- piration Date: �� 2 3 1 ------ Extension:Request: Request for Extension # 3 Approv 2d for days Denied (provide explanation) /llNc of a etc/015/ 1s toe [,IJC /6,t/, as& Signature/Initials 1ff/ 1 6/28/2019 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 0 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D17-0254 BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 8/23/2019. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 8/23/2019, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Ka dace Nichols Permit Technician File No: DI7-0254 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 0 • Fax 206-431-3665 0 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director March 7, 2019 Martin Probst Boeing Company PO Box 3707: Mail Stop 46-208 Seattle, WA 98124 RE: Request for Extension #2 Permit Number D17-0254 Dear Mr. Probst, This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Permit D17-0254. The Building Official, Jerry Hight, has reviewed your letter and considered your request to extend the above referenced permit. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila Building Division will be granting an extension to the permit through August 23, 2019. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431-3670. Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit No. D17-0254 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov ' Monday, February 18, 2019 GG-GG-PCTA-180308 City of Tukwila Permit Center Attn: Mr. Bill Rambo 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Dear Mr. Rambo; The Boeing Company Facilities 6. Asset Y1anncmcnt Supply Chain , Openuiom Code Compliance .t Permitting RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 20 2019 PERMIT CENTER Request for Permit Extension Development Permit#. D17-0254 Project: D33373-02; 9-08 Elevator Modernizations Site: Developmental Center The Boeing Company Tukwila, Washington This is to inform you that as of 2/18/2019 the work under the above listed Development Permit has not been completed. The scheduled permit expiration date is currently set for 2/23/2019. The above referenced permit has not yet expired however the work is delayed due to Elevator Contractor unavailability. We expected to start up again in June of 2019 which would take us beyond the existing expiration date. Since the work is progressing but taking longer than expected we kindly request an extension pending your consideration of this matter. If you have any questions, concerns, or comments please feel free to contact me as noted below. Best Regards, Martin R. Probst Code Compliance & Permitting The Boeing Company PO Box 3707: Mail Stop 46-208 Seattle, WA 98124 206-852-4985 cc: none Author (MRP) Request for Extemsio; # z. Current Expiration Date: Extension Request: Approved for it-Ol days Denied (provide explanation) Signature. nitials �1 1/2/2019 Q City of Tukwila Department of Community Development MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D17-0254 BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 2/23/2019. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 2/23/2019, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D17-0254 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 0 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director March 14, 2018 Martin R Probst Boeing Company PO Box 3707 Mail Stop 46-208 Seattle, WA 98124 RE: Request for Extension #1 Permit Number D17-0254 Dear Mr. Probst, This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Permit D17-0254. The Building Official, Jerry Hight, has reviewed your letter and considered your request to extend the above referenced permit. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila Building Division will be granting an extension to the permit through October 8, 2018. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician C?r/V(.. File: Permit No. D17-0254 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov Thursday, March 08, 2018 GG-GG-PCTA-180308 City of Tukwila Permit Center Attn: Mr. Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Dear Mr. Pace; The Boeing Company Facilities & Asset Management Supply Chain & Operations Code Compliance & Permitting RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 8 2010 PERMIT CENTER Request for Permit Extension Development Permit#. D17-0254 Project: D33373-02; 9-08 Elevator Modernizations Site: Developmental Center The Boeing Company Tukwila, Washington This is to inform you that as of 3/8/2018 the work under the above listed Development Permit has not been completed. The scheduled permit expiration date is currently set for 4/8/2018. The above referenced permit has not yet expired however the work is expected to continue beyond the existing expiration date. Based on Construction Manager input elevator contractors are booked out through 2019. Fortunately we have an existing maintenance contract with Schindler Elevators and were able to book them sooner using our existing contract. The earliest they could begin work, however, was May 2018. There are five cars being modernized and their plan is to complete two initially with the remaining three being completed after the first two are complete, operational, inspected, and approved for use. We anticipate project completion sometime in February 2019. Since the work is progressing but taking longer than expected we kindly request an extension pending your consideration of this matter. If you have any questions, concerns, or comments please feel free to contact me as noted below. Best Regards, Martin R. Probst Code Compliance & Permitting The Boeing Company PO Box 3707: Mail Stop 46-208 Seattle, WA 98124 206-852-4985 cc: none Author (MRP) F-1 Current Expiration Date: Extension Request: �J Approved for days Denied (provide explanation) Request for Extension # 1 1 Signature/Initials 3/1/2018 0 ; ' Ci ofTukwila y ,/z Department of Community Development 18= JOHN S MURDOCH PO BOX 3707 MC 46-88 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D17-0254 BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: O Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 4/8/2018. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 4/8/2018, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D17-0254 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 9ERMIT COORD COPY d PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D17-0254 DATE: 09/22/17. PROJECT NAME: BOEING #9-08 - ELEVATOR UPGRADE SITE ADDRESS: 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: It") KM/ I� Building Divisi n Public Works AM Pm Fire Prevention Structural L-AJB. q -Ari Planning Division No ❑ Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 09/26/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 10/24/17 Approved Corrections Required ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 BOEING COMPANY, THE Home Espanol Contact. Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Search L&I Page 1 of 9 A -Z ladex Help MyL&1 Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing BOEING COMPANY, THE Owner or tradesperson LOHR, MICHAEL Principals LOHR, MICHAEL, SECRETARY MCNERNEY, W (JAMES), PRESIDENT (End: 01/13/2017) WOLTER, CHRISTOPHER, TREASURER (End: 01/16/2015) READ, PAUL, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) SHRONTZ, F A, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) GIVAN, B E, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) KING, C G, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) BEIGHLE, D P, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) COLLINS, T J, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) BUDINICH, T M, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) WOODARD, R B, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) CRUZE, D D, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) CONDIT, P M, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) WA UBI No. 178 005 030 100 N RIVERSIDE M/C 5003-4027 CHICAGO, IL 60606-1596 312-544-2535 Business type Corporation License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. BOEINC*294ML Effective — expiration 07113/1971— 01/18/2019 Bond Active. Meets current requirements. Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=178005030&LIC=BOEINC*294ML&SAW= 10/10/2017 VICINITY MAP 99 D❑ 99 EAST MARGINAL WAY CORPORATE PARK FROM SEATTLE-TACOMA AIRPORT PROJECT SITE FROM DOWNTOWN SEATTLE 599 TUKWILA DEVELOPN ENTAL CENTER 900 FROM KENT & AUBURN NO SCALE EXIT 157 900 BOEING WORKPLACE SERVICES BUILDING 09-08 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 BOEING DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9725 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98108 AREA NAP BUILDI\G ADDRESS: 9725 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 09-08 BUILDING LOCATION 13-01 NO SCALE L CODE SUN VARY TYPE OF APPIJCATION: NEW ❑ ALTERATION ■ ADDITION ❑ TENANT IMPROVEMENT ❑ PROJECT DESCRIPTION: THE PROJECT INCLUDES A MODERNIZATION OF (4) PASSENGER ELEVATORS AND (1) FREIGHT ELEVATOR IN BUILDING 9-08 AT BOEING'S DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER SITE. THE PROJECT ALSO INCLUDES UPGRADING COOLING OF THE EXISTING ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOMS ASSOCIATED WITH THESE ELEVATORS AT THE PENTHOUSE LEVEL. CODES: 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH THE WAC 51-20 AS ADAPTED OR AMENDED BY LOCAL ORDINANCES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH CITY OF TUKWILA ZONING. OCCUPANCY GROUP; GROUP B (OFFICE) CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE II-B (NO CHANGE) ALLOWABLE AREA INCREASE. NO CHANGE OCCUPANT LOAD: (ALLOWABLE) FLOOR AREA: (ACTUAL) FLOOR AREA (ACTUAL): BUILDING FOOTPRINT 50,207 SF (37,500 SF X 2 = 75,000SF ALLOWABLE W/ SPRINK INCR) - NO CHANGE BUILDING GROSS 253,832 SF - NO CHANGE 1ST FLOOR 2ND FLOOR 50,207 SF - NO CHANGE 3RD FLOOR 50 707 SF - NO CHANGE 4TH FLOOR 50.207 SF - NO CHANGE 5TH FLOOR 50.707 SF - NO CHANGF PENTHOUSE 2.992 SF - NO CHANGE PROJECT AREA 326 SF 50 012 SF - NO CHANGE BUILDING HEIGHT: (ACTUAL) STORIES: 5 (5 ALLOW PER 1997 UBC, 5 + 1 = 6 SPRINKLER ADD ALLOWABLE) OCCUPANT LOAD. 1ST FL 0 340; 2ND, 3RD, 4TH, 5TH © 419 EACH = 2016 BLDG TOTAL 84'-1" ROOF PARAPET, 95'-3" PENTHOUSE PARAPET FIRE PROTECTION: SPRINKLERED THROUGHOUT PER NFPA 13 ? (YES) ❑ (NO) FULLY AUTOMATIC, F/S CLASS 1 SPRINKLERS THROUGHOUT SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (SDC): HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS: BARRIER FREE CONTRACTOR & STATE NUMBER: THE BOEING CO (BOEINC*294ML (01.18.19) BOEING PROJECT ENGINEER* JOE SHIN BOEING CONTACT: JOHN MURDOCH PHONE 253-350-5522 FAX NUMBER: E-MAIL: john.s.murdoch®boeinq.com D17-0254 RZv'1310tt3 No changes f :, t:^ , ,:;nr ,c the scope of work v'ch . j".tr . rA oval n1 7uk ,c•ri ., C nn NOT7 r : r: II . . CODES AND PERMITS PROJECT TITLE: MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS QUANTITY SUBMITTED: ❑ 4 SETS: GENERAL PERMIT (SHELL & CORE) OR STRUCTURAL TENANT IMPROVEMENT ❑ 4 SETS: TENANT IMPROVEMENT (NON-STRUCTURAL) ❑ 3 SETS: FIRE PROTECTION/SPRINKLERS 111 2 SETS: TENANT IMPROVEMENT (REVISION) SUBMITTED FOR PERMIT & REVIEW: ▪ BUILDING ❑ PLUMBING ® MECHANICAL ❑ STRUCTURAL ❑ GRADING ❑ LANDSCAPE ❑ DEMOLITION ❑ - * TO BE REVIEWED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT JOB NUMBER: 33373-10 ® ELECTRIGAL ❑ FIRE PROTECTION ❑ CANTILEVER RACKS. ❑ - WASHINGTON STATE NON-RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE -APPROACHES COMPLIANCE OPTION is PRESCRIPTIVE ❑ LPA ❑ ANALYSIS ❑ N/A SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: (PER IBC CH. 17) ❑ WELD ❑ CONCRETE ❑ REBAR ❑ ANCHOR BOLTS ❑ STRUCTURAL BOLTING ElSTRUCTURAL OBSERVATION ❑ OTHER ❑ GRADING, EXCAVATION, FILLING ❑ DRILLED -IN & GROUTED ANCHORS CALCULATIONS TYPE• ATTACHED (YES) (NO) GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION SET OF DOCUMENTS, REVIEWED SAND STAMPED BY CITY OF TUKWILA MUST BE ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT ABOVE MENTIONED SET OF DOCUMENTS. 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK. 2. NOTIFY FACILITY ENGINEER SHOULD EXISTING CONDITIONS REQUIRE DESIGN REVISIONS. 3. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER CRAFTS. 4. RETURNST TO JOHN MURDOCH AT BLDG 9-51.2 COL M/2, AFTER COMPLE ONSTRUCTION. Permit NEo. rivi'� Plan 7eview a,;rov<:i is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of co r'Tucton documents does not authorize the violation f any opted coda or ordinance. Receipt of approve F� �,.py : nd ccfditions is ac owledgod- L , City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION la ."7Chanlcai IE13ctncal B'Piunting arbas Piping City of T.,k,r.iI7 RU'i r NC r7ivic flu oasu DLR Group Architecture Engineering Planning !ration ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 SYM REVISION ORIG MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 BY DLR GROUP APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE DR 07.14.17 Z)Larostivo° 3188 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 REGISTERED HITECT 1 ASH1NGTON APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED ENL.INEEH SUBTITLE COVER SHEET CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBDLORIG DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 09-08 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET GO JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. 09-08-GO /9R Hn17 1C1• 7.10 AL NCLUDED IN SET DRAWING NO. • 09-08-GO • 09-08-G2 • • • • • • • 09-08-1A1OR 09-08-2A1OR 09-08-3A1OR 09-08-4A1OR 09-08-5M1OR 09-08-5M11R 09-08-5M12R 09-08-5M260R 09-08-5M261R 09-08-5M262R • 09-08-1A10 • 09-08-1A11 09-08-1Al2 • • • • • • 09-08-2A10 09-08-3A10 09-08-4A10 09-08-5A10 09-08-RFA160 • 09-08-A451 SHEET NO. DRAWING TITLE GENERAL GO COVER SHEET G2 DRAWING INDEX 1A1OR 3A1OR 4A1OR 5M1OR 5M11R 5M12R 5M260R 5M261R 5M262R 2A10 3A10 4A10 5A10 RFA160 .PEMOVAL FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN FIRE PROTECTION 5TH FLOOR PLAN FIRE PROTECTION 5TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN FLOOR PLAN ROOF PLAN ENLARGED PLAN INCLUDED IN SET DRAWING NO. • 09-08-M1 • 09-08-M4 • 09-08-5M10 • 09-08-5M11 • 09-08-5M12 • 09-08-5M260 • 09-O8-5M261 • 09-08-5M262 • 09-08-RFM10 SHEET NO. 9RAWI DRAWING TITLE MECHANICAL/PLUMBING M1 HVAC-LEGENDS & ABBREVIATIONS M4 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES 5M10 FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN 5M11 FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN 5M12 FIFTH FLOOR HVAC PLAN 5M260 FIRE PROTECTION 5TH FLOOR PLAN 5M261 FIRE PROTECTION 5M262 5TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION PLAN RFM10 PARTIAL ROOF PLAN D17-0254 DATE NCLUDE IN SET DRAWING NO 09-08-1E10 09-08-1E11 09-08-1E12 09-08-2E10 09-08-2E11 09-08-2E12 09-08-3E10 09-08-3E11 09-08-3E12 09-08-4E10 09-08-4E11 09-08-4E12 09-08-5E10 09-08-5E11 09-08-5Et2 09-08-RFE10 09-08-1E60 09-08-1E61 09-08-1E62 09-08-5E60 09-08-5E61 09-08-5E62 09-08-RE60 09-08-1E260 09-08-2E260 09-08-3E260 09-08-4E260 09-08-5E260 09-08-E313 09-08-E5 09-08-E5A SHEET NO 1E10 1E11 1E12 3E10 3E11 3E12 1E260 2E260 3E260 4E260 DRAWING TITLE ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL LEGEND LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING LIGHTING 208Y 120V POWER 208Y 120V POWER 208Y 120V POWER 208Y 120V POWER 208Y 120V POWER ARE ALARM SYSTEM ARE ALARM SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LIGHTING SCHEDULE AND DETAILS SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM DLR Group Architecture Engineering Planning Interior REV DATE ISSUE LEGEND NOT YET ISSUED O PREVIOUSLY ISSUED, NOT IN THIS ISSUE • IN THIS ISSUE ORIG A ORIGINAL ISSUE FOR PERMIT, BID, PROCUREMENT OR CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVISION - SEE SPECIFIC DRAWING FOR NATURE OF REVISION ..1 2 2 Ci; ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 Z)5,49PAsrszetra' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED EN(INEER SUBTITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TIRE DRAWING INDEX CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 S'MBDEO R I G DATE 07.14.17 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 09-08 SHEET G2 JOB NO. COMP NO. 1n•a7.67 AU ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA DWG ND. 33373-10 09-08-G2 1A10IA35B 1A10 C3) I- I— H 1A10 CONFERENCE TRAINING JS 2JS ELECTRONIC DATA CAB'N' VAULT ALCOVE G In 1At2L08 STAIR FILES JS 1A10 A32B OPEN OFFICE 1A10 A38 OFFICE IJS HALLWAY 1366 NW Ia I F —E rem J "' 1Aj91908 2'-1"A A EXIT CORRIDO 1AN A38B ELEV #4 1A10 A451 wit E PH NE TELEPHO 'E ELEC. JS SAP ROOM: OFFIC SPACE IBC 2006 B OCCUPA CY— OFFICE O 1169 S.F., 12 OCCUP NTS AT 100 S.F PER OCCUPANT PER TABLE D 1004.1.1 PROGRAM ENTRANCE VESTIBULE 2 sn PARTIAL PLAN VIEW SCALE: 1/ 1A10 1A10 A26B 1A10 A32B 1A10 A38B 2 1A10L4E 10 1A10 A35B 1At0 A72 1A10 A72 OPEN OFFICE IJS STC 50 & PROGRAM PER OFFICE OFFICE CONFERENCE IL 1 Dl -0254 4 A10IA35B A25B A32 7 1A10L 28 1A10 A35B 6 1A10IA32B GO (6; 16 DLR Group MchilecWre Engineering Plan ing !Medea LEGEND NON SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO ROOM SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO SPECIFC ITEM GENERAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. LEAVE WORK & STAGING AREAS CLEAN & UNCLUTTERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY & THE END OF THE JOB. 3. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 4. REMOVE ALL TOOLS & MATERIALS FROM THE WORK AREA. 5. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. 6. SEE REFERENCE DRAWINGS 9-08—A07 & A-08 FOR THE STC50 AND PROGRAM PERIMETER WALLS IDENTIFIED BY DASHED 1 7. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY HOLES MADE DURING CONS 'U TION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. CO\STRUCTIOR OTES I'. r_ kP 2 2 20I ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 2JyA j1A10 O co tams 1A11 1Al2 KEY PLAN SCALE NONE 8' 4' 0 4' 8' 16' SCALE: 1 /8"=1 '-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A RELOCATE JSF LEVEL 4 J4780347-00 GMM 04.09.98 F SAP ROOM RECONFIGURE J4160652-02 LMC 03.21.07 B JSF LEVEL A J#180052-00 MRM 07.20.98 G MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 C INSTALL MIS IN JSF AREAS Jff785146-01 MRM 11.25.98 D UPGRADE UPS SYSTEM J4793847-00 MRM 11.24.99 E 11 E4 ROOM MODIFICATION J4701487-00 MRM 06.22.00 jaarso' o'- ACCEPTABILITY TNIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN DR UAIt 07.14.17 CHECKED ENGINEER SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL G DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. A—F/1-7 SHEET 1A10 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. MWfMI. n /9R/,n17 1n•1Q•cn D.C. 9-08-1A10 VIA CONFERENCE ELECTRONIC DATA CAB'N'T VAULT H FILES OFFICE REVISION TRAINING BY ALCOVE OFFG0 APPROVED DATE OPEN OFFICE OFFICE B EXIT CORRIDOR I- 3 ELEV #5 r ELEV #4 L � r i ELEV.j LOBBY -7 PROGRAM ENTRANCE VESTIBULE 11D3 TELEPHONE TELEPHONE ELEC. ELEC. 1187 SYM HALLWAY 1386 0 I— • JAN. MEN.1 S REVISION C C -E PARTIAL PLA SCALE: 1/8"= 1'-0" BY APPROVED DATE 9 OPEN OFFICE 11E2 12E2 11E3 12E4 11E4 OFFICE OFFICE CONFERENCE 11E5 E1 11E6 11D4 \ VIEW ORIG MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 UPS COMPUTER L DLR Group Archilecture Engineering Planning Inleri"rs gLASOWEAMIS LEGEND # > NON SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO ROOM SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO SPECIFC ITEM ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE RAWN DR I AREA OF WORK o • oammv %1A10 O 1A11 1Al2 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE 8' 4' 0 4' 8' A SUBTITLE 07.14.17 CHECKED SCALE: 1 /8"=1 ' -0" 16' FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. LEAVE WORK & STAGING AREAS CLEAN & UNCLUTTERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY & THE END OF THE JOB. 3. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 4. REMOVE ALL TOOLS & MATERIALS FROM THE WORK AREA. 5. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. 6. SEE REFERENCE DRAWINGS 9-08-A07 & A-08 FOR THE STC50 AND PROGRAM PERIMETER WALLS IDENTIFIED BY DASHED LINES AND 1JS. 7. FOR ELEVATOR COLORS AND FINISHES, SEE SHEET A451. CONSTRUCTION \CTES DEMOLISH DOOR AND BUMP OUT DEMOLISH ELEVATOR DOOR D17-0254 REMOVAL CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 TfM"LO R I G ' 07.14.17 ENGINEER CHECKED APP ROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS ARCHITECTURAL MASTER BUILDING 9-08 DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET 1 A10R JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. 9-08-1A1OR /1MN1AQ2• RP9RMnn 1M1AL1R Au SYM REVISION OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OPEN OFFICE ACCESS CONTROL ELEV #5 ELEV #4 L TEL RM 26AJAN STOR COFFEE NOOK TEL RM ELECT RM 229 JANITOR OFFICE 2498 249A CORRIDOR PARTIAL PLAN VIEW OFFICE CONFERENCE 21E3 23E3 WORK ROOM OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE Dl 7-0254 L DLR Group Arch te lure Engineering Plan ing Interiors 3 REMOVAL LEGEND: 2FS PARTITION TYPE. SEE SHT A-37. = DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION STC 45 STC 45 AND PROGRAM PERIMETER �'-- ® STC 50 AND PROGRAM PERIMETER Ill"""" r""" t 50 dB SHIELDING walla RAISED ACCESS FLOOR RAISED FLOOR PERFORATED PANEL FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER ® NON SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO ROOM ® SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO SPECIFC ITEM ---1 I I AREA OF WORK L---J GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. LEAVE WORK AND STAGING AREAS CLEAN AND UNCLUTTERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY AND THE END OF THE JOB. 3. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 4. REMOVE ALL TOOLS AND MATERIALS FROM THE WORK AREA. 5. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. OFFICE SPACE IBC 2006 BUSINESS OCCUPANCY B— OFFICE (ASSEMBLY SPACE ACCESSORY TO ANOTHER OCCUPANCY) 605 S.F., 6 OCCUPANTS AT 100 S.F PER OCCUPANT PER TABLE 1004.1.1 REPLACE ANY MISSING, DAMAGED, SOILED, OR MIS —MATCHED CEILING OR CARPET TILE. ASSUME APPROX 1% OF TOTAL AREA. VENDOR TO INSTALL PROJECTOR AND SCREEN. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: DEMOLISH WALL AS INDICATED TO CREATE OPENING FOR LOBBY ACCESS FROM ELEVATOR DEMOLISH FIRE DOOR AND ALL COMPONENTS IN ITS ENTIRETY ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE 2 BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION ORIG MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 BY APPROVED DATE ZLAertraws e ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED ENCINELR SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 'ORIG DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS ARCHITECTURAL MASTER BUILDING 9-08 SHEET JOB NO. 2A1OR 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. UWf1AC R /9F N(117 1(141 Sa ALA DEV. CENTER, WA 9-08-2A1OR LEGEND 3 FH •Yr L or L ELEV #5L r ELEV #4 L r p PARTIAL PLA SCALE: 1/8"= 1'-0" VIEW r D17-0254 DLR Group 2 Archilectvc Engineeing Planning Interiors REMOVE EXISTING WALL OR PARTITION NEW WALL OR PARTITION EXIT PATHWAY REFERENCE TO SPECIAL CONDITION F---1 I I AREA OF WORK L___J GENERAL NOTES INSTALL NEVAMAR ST-6-1 GRAY STARLITE FINISH RAISED ACCESS FLOOR TILES. SEE SHEET A450 FOR TILE CUT-OUT LOCATIONS. E T > INSTALL NEW 4" HIGH RUBBER BASE, ROPPE COLOR P110 BROWN ® ALL ROOM PERIMETER. © INSTALL ARMSTRONG 2'x4'xf" #769 NON -DIRECTIONAL CORTEGA SQUARE EDGE CEILING TILE ICI 1403 DULUX ULTRA PAINT IN #533 OBELISK COLOR. APPLY TWO TOP COATS IN EGGSHELL SHEEN. REPAIR ANY GWB DEFECTS PRIOR TO PAINTING (1w). ICI 1403 DULUX ULTRA PAINT IN #647 KANSAS CORN COLOR. APPLY TWO TOP COATS IN EGGSHELL SHEEN. REPAIR ANY GWB DEFECTS PRIOR TO PAINTING (TYP). CONSTRUCTION NOTES DEMOUSH WALL AS INDICATED TO CREATE OPENING FOR LOBBY ACCESS FROM ELEVATOR DEMOLISH FIRE DOOR AND ALL COMPONENTS IN ITS ENTIRETY REMOVAL ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 0 ���A 3A10 3A11 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE 0 8' 4' 0 4' i8' }6' mi a Ns SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ORIG MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 ACCEPTABIU THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DR 06.19.17 CHECKED /LNGINE.±N M.MILLER SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08 CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL° R U DATE 07.14.17 SHEET 3A10R JOB NO. COMP NO. 33373-10 9-08-3A1OR LLLV• UL Luuti yLia one. ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 3 VISIBILITY ROOM OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE I I STAIR OFFICE N Q FILES CORRIDOR ME I- VENDING MAIL I OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICF OFFICE 7 OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OPEN OFFICE AREA EXIT CORRIDOR MECH SHAFT ELECT. RM, TEL. RM. C C U MEN JANITOR C C MEN L OPEN OFFICE AREA OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE 2 c4 PARTIAL P_AN VIEW SCALE 1/8"= 1'-O" D17-0254 DLR Group McMeekin Engineering Planning Interiors LEGEND: REMOVE EXISTING WALLS / PAR1111ONS EXISTING - PERMANENT FULL HEIGHT WALLS (NO CHANGES) NEW STEEL STUD AND GWB WALLS- PERMANENT & FULL HEIGHT SOUND/PROGRAM- SECURITY WALLS - FULL HEIGHT TAS (SEE SHEET A502 FOR DETAILS AND REQUIREMENTS) REMOVAL ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 CEILING HIGH DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION EXIT PATHWAY AREA OF WORK GENERAL NOTES: 1. FOR PARTITION/WALL TYPES & DESCRIPTIONS - SEE SHT 1A203. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REMOVE EXISTING PIN BOARD. PATCH AND REPAIR TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. 0 Fr A.: j4A10 j 4A11 4Al2 KEY PLAN 2 2 7 SCALE: NONE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ORIG MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 &-snflsc ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFlCATION IS APPROVED RAWN DR DAIL 07.14.17 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOLORIG DATE 07.14.17 ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. A-F/1-7 SHEET 4A1OR JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. Inman. AMA/9nt7 in•A4•n6 AU DEV. CENTER, WA 9-08-4A1OR (3 Al 1 A32B A11 A32B 13 All IA35: A`1I A32B ( I rJ ICS JS JS JS A (11� All A328 flan A K12A11) (11Al2) ICS (12Al2) IJS 11811 C IJS 03811) ID IJS IAS IJS IAS IAS C A C JS G IA IFS IFS FS IF IJS IJS K All A328 2F 1 IJS IF II / I \'N /ELEV / A #3 %2CS �. v IFS A IDS O A J I JS C u C C IAS K IA IA IJS 1 A IJS 2B TO OUTSIDE 0 D II PARTIAL P__AN VIEW SCALE: 1/8"= 1'-0" IA 0 0 EXIT CORRIDOR AlA72 OFFICE 28 0 w VESTIBULE IA WORK AREA OFFICE IJS A A OFFICE 11013 12013 OPEN OFFICE SPACE F22 WI4ITE ROOM IBC 2006 B 0 UPANCY- OFFICE 1290 S.F., 13 CCUPANTS AT 100 S.F PER OCC PANT PER TABLE 10 4.1.1 10013 LOADING DOCK IJS IN III OFFICE 013 9 A111A35B L DLR Group Architecture Engineering Planning Inlaiors D170254 LEGEND PERMANENT FULL HEIGHT WALL (TRUE FLOOR - TRUE CEILING) STC 45 WALL (SAR) CEILING HIGH DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION — EXIT PATHWAY NON SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO ROOM SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO SPECIFC ITEM NEW LEES CARPET TILES. SEE NOTE 1 GENERAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. LEAVE WORK AND STAGING AREAS CLEAN AND UNCLUTTERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY AND THE END OF THE JOB. 3. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 4. REMOVE ALL TOOLS AND MATERIALS FROM THE WORK AREA. 5. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK 6. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY HOLES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. OCCUPANCY RATING -OFFICE: IBC 2006 B- OCCUPANCY, 690 S.F., 7 OCCUPANTS AT 100 S.F. PER OCCUPANT PER TABLE 1004.1.1 DEMO/CONSTUCTION \OTES ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 1A10 1Al2 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE 22L 8' 4' 0 1 b' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" SYM REVISION A JSF PROPOSAL J#160132-02 BY MRM APPROVED DATE 10.18.96 SYM F REVISION CARPET REPLACEMENT WO>I8022535 BY LMC APPROVED DATE 12.09.08 B INSTALL DISPLAY CASE J#170059-02A MRM 05.05.98 G MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 C INSTALL AMS IN JSF AREAS J#785146-01 MRM 11.25.98 D LOCK DOWN 9-08.1 J#546430-00 FOA FOA 07.19.04 E F22 WHITE ROOM RECONFIGURATION Jij160652-00 LMC TWH 02.28.07 gLarorears' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL G DATE 07.14.17 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08.1 SHEET 1A11 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. NWAMC- AMA /onn 1n•A 1•17 AU ARCHITECTURAL MASTER D.C. DWG NO. 9-08-1A11 OFFICE orrECE OFFICE OPEN SPACE OFFICE 1CS OFFICE OFFICE OPEN OFFICE H� CONFERENCE 1CS 1281 Al2IA32B A19 2B OPEN SPACE OFFICE 1JS CO EXISTING OVERHEAD DOOR W/ SMOKE DETECTOR EACH SIDE ES THIS IS NOT AN EXIT c CONFERENCE 1CS ES 2JS 11 III TV!!! T 1 1 1 1 1 SHILDED LABYRINTH spa- 111111111AL111111E S2 FEC 1HS 0 0 I_ EXIT UP Al2 A34B Al2 A72 N 'IBM JS OPEN OFFICE SPACE F22 WHITE ROOM IBC 20)6 B OCCUPANCY- OFFICE 1290 S F., 13 OCCUPANTS AT 100 S.F PER OCCUPANT PER TABLE 1004.1.1 STAR #4 2CS IU 2 VTC 1Al2 GALLERY C 514 1CS 1Al2 A515 EQUIP. RM THIS WALL STC 50 ONLY <141B) 2JS NOTE: EXISTING ADA DOOR OPENER 1CS (4� Al2 A35B PAPTIAL PLA\ VIEW SCALE: 1' = 1'-O" OFFICE 13 A121A35B Al2 A35B L DLR Group 19 -b17-0254 Architecture Engineering Planning Interiors LEGEND #2FS IF> PARTITION TYPE. SEE SHT A-37 DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION NON SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO ROOM SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO SPECIFC ITEM GENERAL NOTES 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. LEAVE WORK AND STAGING AREAS CLEAN AND UNCLUTTERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY AND THE END OF THE JOB. 3. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 4. REMOVE ALL TOOLS AND MATERIALS FROM THE WORK AREA. 5. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK 6. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY HOLES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. 1W REPLACE ANY MISSING, MISMATCHED, OR SOILED CEIUNG AND CARPET TILES. APPROX. 1% OF TOTAL AREA 7> PREP AND PAINT WALLS IN ROOM 11D14, ICI COLOR #1016 "WHITE ON WHITE". CONSTRUCTION NOTES ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 0 0 0 0 0 1A10 1A11 KEY PLAN SCALE NONE 8' 4' 0 4' 8' ?222' 16' SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE L F22 WHITE ROOM RECONFIGURATION J1160652-00 LAIC TWH 02.28.07 F REMODEL 9-08 LOBBY J4190070-00 GMM 8.16.99 M MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-01 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 G PLANNING OFFICE MOD. J4701620-00 TWH 6.16.00 C INSTALL DISPLAY CASE J#170059-00 MRM 10.09.97 H VTC ROOM REVISIONS J8534875-00 TWH TWH 09.29.03 D INSTALL DISPALY CASE (REVISIONS) J4170059-00 MRM 5.5.99 J LOCK DOWN 9-08.1 J#546430-00 FOA E INSTALL MIS IN JSF AREAS J1785146-01 MRM 11.25.98 K LOCK DOWN 11D15 J4546777-00 FOA TWH 07.19.04 6166 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 'D KRUSE TE OF - SHINGTON ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 CHECKLD SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-01 SYMBOL VI DATE 07.14.17 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE NGINtLH CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08.1 SHEET 1Al2 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. uwnuc• aI J9M7 1n Al zn All TWH 02.25.05 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER D.C. 9-08-1Al2 2A10 A32B OFFICE 1 OFFICE CS OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE 1CS OFFICE OFFICE SEE SHT A-65 FOR 1/4" PLAN 111 111111 BIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII N 3FFICE 2A10 A38B 2A10 A35A SEE SHT A-70 FOR 1/4" PLAN HTAIR 1AS A 226 0 0 cc c 14 2A10IA35B 2A10 ACCESS CONTROL CS ELEV #5 ELEV #4 TEL RM q ELECT RM IlL____ 26A JAN STOR A COFFEE NOOK 1J 55 233 STAIR #2 2FS 2CS TEL RM ELECT RM A 229 JANITOR OFFICE 249B 249A OPEN OFFICE CORRIDOR 2A10 A32E A OFFICE PARTIAL PLA\ VIEW SCALE: 1/8"= 1'-0" OFFICE RS SEE SHT A-61 FOR 1/4" PLAN 2A10 A22B OPEN OFFI 2A10 A72 2A10 A37 2A10 A38B CONFERENCE RS 21E3 23E3 A RS WORK ROOM OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE 2A10 A38B (5 2A10 A32B DLR Group Art tMvre Engineering Plan ins Interiors LEGEND: 11- PARTITION TYPE. SEE 2FS SHT A-37. = DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION .— m — -- STC 45 STC 45 AND PROGRAM PERIMETER ® STC 50 AND PROGRAM PERIMETER 50 dB SHIELDING EC RAISED ACCESS FLOOR RAISED FLOOR PERFORATED PANEL FIRE EXTINGUISHER NON SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO ROOM SPECIFIC, NOTE APPLIES TO SPECIFC ITEM GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2. LEAVE WORK AND STAGING AREAS CLEAN AND UNCLUTTERED AT THE END OF EACH DAY AND THE END OF THE JOB. 3. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 4. REMOVE ALL TOOLS AND MATERIALS FROM THE WORK AREA. 5. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER •*;I , p 6. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY HOLES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. OFFICE SPACE �i IBC 2006 BUSINESS OCCUPANCY B— OFFICE (ASSEMBLY SPACE ACCESSORY TO ANOTHER OCCUPANCY) 605 S.F., 6 OCCUPANTS AT 100 S.F PER OCCUPANT PER TABLE 1004.1.1 REPLACE ANY MISSING, DAMAGED, SOILED, OR MIS —MATCHED CEILING OR CARPET TILE. ASSUME APPROX 1% OF TOTAL AREA. rr% VENDOR TO INSTALL PROJECTOR AND SCREEN. VI T T NEW WALL OPENING TO ACCOMMODATE ELEVATOR DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY AT LOBBY SIDE. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT ADJACENT N/S WALL EXTENTS TO INSIDE CORNER. REPLACE RUBBER BASE AS REQUIRED, THIS WALL. INFILL WITH 2HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLY (ROXUL INSULATION — FULL DEPTH OF WALL) D17-0254 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE I 22 26:1 SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM A JSF PROPOSAL (REVISIONS) J#160132-00 MRM 12.12.96 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE B GEC RELOCATION 4781313-LO GMM 04.13.98 C INSTALL AMS IN JSF AREA J#785146-01 D UPGRADE CONFERENCE ROOM 4567869-00 MRM LMC 11.25.98 05.02.07 E MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 ZLAOE/NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN DR CHECKED INGINEEH DAIL 07.14.17 SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL DATE 07,14.17 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08.2 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. 1-7/A—F SHEET 2A10 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. D.0 9-08-2A10 n 3A10A32B 3A10 A358 H ICS ICS ICS ICS A 2JS RM #11-WORK RM B OC. - 676 SF 7 OCC 0 100SF/OC NO USE CHANGE J 2CS I J A 2JS IJS 3A10 A228 C C ! 1 3A10 A358 1 3A10 A38B f 9 3A10 A72 PARTIAL P_AN VIEW SCALE: 1/8"= 1'-0" ICS ICS 3A101A3813 ICS ( J l 3A10 A32B L DLR Group Mctitecture Engineering Planning Interiors O C4D D 17-0254 LEGEND REMOVE EXISTING WALL OR PARTITION NEW WALL OR PARTITION EXIT PATHWAY REFERENCE TO SPECIAL CONDITION A • 1. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY HOLES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. INSTALL NEVAMAR ST-6-1 GRAY STARLITE FINISH RAISED ACCESS FLOOR TILES. SEE SHEET A450 FOR TILE CUT-OUT LOCATIONS. W> INSTALL NEW 4" HIGH RUBBER BASE, ROPPE COLOR P110 BROWN 0 ALL ROOM PERIMETER. 3� INSTALL ARMSTRONG 2'x4'4" #769 NON -DIRECTIONAL CORTEGA SQUARE EDGE CEILING TILE. ICI 1403 DULUX ULTRA PAINT IN #533 OBELISK COLOR. APPLY TWO TOP COATS IN EGGSHELL SHEEN. REPAIR ANY GWB DEFECTS PRIOR TO PAINTING (TYP). ICI 1403 DULUX ULTRA PAINT IN #647 KANSAS CORN COLOR. APPLY TWO TOP COATS IN EGGSHELL SHEEN. REPAIR ANY GWB DEFECTS PRIOR TO PAINTING (TYP). • ► T' T ►• NEW WALL OPENING TO ACCOMODATE ELEVATOR DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLY AT LOBBY SIDE. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT ADJACENT N/S WALL EXTENTS TO INSIDE CORNER. REPLACE RUBBER BASE AS REQUIRED, THIS WALL. INFILL WITH 2HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLY (ROXUL INSULATION - FULL DEPTH OF WALL) ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 KEY P SCALE: NONE AN S _. 7 I L 4 r ✓J L in:/ 8' 4' 0 4' 8' 16' - SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" SYM A REVISION BY APPROVED DATE INSTALL EXIT DOOR & VESTIBULE J4762705-00 MRM 07.11.96 SYM F REVISION BY APPROVED DATE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 B PURCHASE & INSTALL HARDWARE Jj761436-00 MRM 07.14.96 C F22/JSF SPACE PLAN J11170150-10 MRM 09.30.97 D F22 OFFICE CONSTRUCTION 4701349-00 GMM 05.31.00 E RECONFIG RAPTOR LAB 4160656-00 TWH 10.19.07 ZLBOE/NG' ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL F DATE 07.14.17 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER M.MILLER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TIRE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08.3 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. A-F/1-7 SHEET 3A10 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWO NO. MAW. R/MR/9n17 7n.A9.'M AH DEV. CENTER, WA 9-08-3A10 5 4A10 A32B ( OFFICE US OFFICE NEW OFFICE AREA (CREATED BY JOINING 2 EXSTING OFFICES) 488 SF - 5 OCCUPANTS 100 SF/OCCUPANT "B" OCCUPANT GROUP OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE I OFFICE s ICS A507 2JSJ 1::12" US 2FS -US OPEN OFFICE AREA 4A10 A35A I 2CS - r_ STAIR I • 1 r 1AS IA IA 1A 4A10 A35 VISIBILITY ROOM 4A101A3 4A10 sWC 42C3 CORRIDOR OFFICE II III=. C� ELEV I #5 2C ELEV. LOBBY E#4 II 2C TEL. RM, MECH SHAFT ELECT. RM VENDING 2C TEL. RM 4A10 A32C 4A101A32C 4A101A72 4A10 A380 4A101A358 4A10 A72 4A101A37 1AS FEC 1A 1A IE IP FEC PARTIAL PLAN. VIEW SCALE: 1/8"= 1'-0" ICS OFFICE OPEN OFFICEAREA OFFICE uu OFFICE OFFICE n OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE ICS OFFICE OFFICE 0 • • (4) 7 4A10 A32C • 4A10 A32C DLR Group Architecture Engineering Planning Interiors LEGEND: REMOVE EXISTING WALLS / PARTITIONS EXISTING - PERMANENT FULL HEIGHT WALLS (NO CHANGES) NEW STEEL STUD AND GWB WALLS- PERMANENT 4s sr & FULL HEIGHT > c SOUND/PROGRAM- SECURITY WALLS - FULL tAs HEIGHT (SEE SHEET A502 FOR DETAILS AND REQUIREMENTS) CEILING HIGH DEMOUNTABLE PARTITION EXIT PATHWAY GENERAL NOTES: 1. FOR PARTITION/WALL TYPES & DESCRIPTIONS - SEE SHT 1A203. 2. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY HOLES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. D17-0254 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: REFINISH ALL WALLS IN LOBBY. SEP222. 0 �% en 4A11 4Al2 0 nO 0 rag KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A RELOCATE 90 SERIES MANAGER J#D57101-19 B.PENCE 02.06.95 SYM F REVISION JSF SAR OFF. AREA J#110130-00 BY MRM APPROVED DATE 08.24.01 8 JSF PROPOSAL J#160132-08 MRM 10.22.96 G UPGRADE DATA CLOSETS J#546605-01 TWH 11.11.04 C REPLACE (4) WOOD FIRE DOORS J#783681-00 GMM 08.12.98 H J—UCAS SECURE ROOM J#150627-00 TWH 07.25.05 0 INSTALL AMS IN JSF AREAS 47851460-1A MRM 11-25-98 J MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 E JSF SAR OFF AREA J#110130-01 MRM 07.20.01 jLsonivc° ACCEPTABILITY 1HIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN DR DAIt 07.14.17 CHECKED SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL DATE 07.14.17 LNCINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED T1TLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08.4 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. A-F/1-7 SHEET 4A10 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DwG NO. 9-08-4A10 Ply LScvvi talc/VG/`J •JP4M'1 CBD 14 5A101A35B OFFICE ICS WORK ROOM CS 17 C 5A10A31B OFFICE OPEN OFFICE 2CS STAIR rJ 2FS WORK ROOM ICS OFFICE .) OPEN OFFICE OFFICE IA 0 0 CC CC 0 U F IE IP IA 2JS OFFICE h (21, 5A10 A38C OFFICE 0 5A10 AA33558 5 OFFICE —ftICS ICS OFFICE 8 5A10 A72 WORK ROOM C 5A10IA38 5A10 A38C TELEPHONE ROOM IA ELEVATOR LOBBY 2C MECH. 2 SHAFT /5' \EXIT CO RIDOR 5A10 A38C k 3 5A10A22B IA VENDING MAIL 2C 2C A ELECTRICAL ROOM 2C 2C 4 FEC IA IA cc 0 0 0 ER IE OPEN OFFICE OFF E OFFICr OFFICE (51D5) (52D5) OFFICE 152D3 OFFICE 5A10IA380 STORAGE A U A MEN A E JANITOR A C J FS A ' MEN E 1= w IA OFFICE J OFFICE ( 52D6 53D6 51D62 IP FEC 5A10 A3) OFFICE OPEN OFFICE OFFICE OPEN OFFICE OFFICE 5 5A10 A32C LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: 5A10 A38C OFFICES (TOTAL THIS EXIT SYSTEM) GROUP B OCCUPANCY TOTAL 3288 SF 86' ACTUAL COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL (100FT ALLOWABLE —SPRINKLED) 33 OCCUPANTS 0 100SF/PERSON OFFICE (51E5) OFFICE ICS (51E6i) 4 1 5A1OIA35A PARTIAL PLAN VIEW W> OFFICE 16 DLR Group Ardne lwe Engineering Plan ing !nisi,,, (7) D17-0254 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 1. 'A CH ANEPAIR A Y HO S MA'E DURING CONSTRUCTION TO A SMOOTH, PAINT READY FINISH. OFFICE DEMOLITION WILL TAKE PLACE JUST SOUTH OF THIS AREA. USE THIS AREA'S SURPLUS MATERIALS FOR NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION AND RELOCATED DOORS & HARDWARE. CONTACT ARLENE AKERMAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF OFFICES TO BE "MINED" OF PARTS. Eli REPAINT WALLS ICI PAINT COLOR "VANILLA PUMICE". DO NOT PAINT RUBBER BASE, DOOR FRAMES OR STAINED DOORS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2 > NOTE: ALL CARPET REPLACEMENT, NEW AND PATCHING TO BE AS DIRECTED BY PROJECT ADMINISTRATOR (ARLENE AKERMAN) CONSTRUCTION NOTES: S 18 ihra IND KEY PLAN SCALE NONE ,'222. SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE A COMMERCIAL DERR/ATMS MOVE J#160134-00 GMM 08.16.96 F INSTALL AMS IN JSF AREAS J#785146-01 MRM 11-25-98 B JSF PROPOSAL J4160132-00 MRM 10.24.96 G RELOCATE DCMA J#557325-02 TWH 01.24.06 C JSF PROPOSAL J4160132-00 MRM 11.25.96 H RELOCATE DCMA — REVISION #1 J#557325-00 1WH 02.14.06 D JSF PROPOSAL — REVISIONS J4160132-00 MRM 12.11.96 J MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 E REPLACE (4) WOOD FIRE DOORS J4783681-00 GMM 08.12.98 Z1_4,0E-taw® ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED !ENGINEER SUBTITLE FLOOR PLAN CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 SYMBOL j DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATCRS BUILDING 09-008.5 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. A—F/1-7 SHEET 5A10 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 14W(11,1 AMR 7 1nA1 no All 09-008-5A10 SCALE: 1/4"=1-0" Lc=1 GROUT CONCRETE BLOCK CELLS FROM FLOOR UP TO HOISTWAY SILLS AND AROUND HOISTWAY ENTRANCES AT LEVELS 1, 4, AND 5 ELEV. LOBBY GROUT CONCRETE BLOCK CELLS FROM FLOOR UP TO HOISTWAY SILLS AND AROUND HOISTWAY ENTRANCES AT LEVELS 1, 4, AND 5 A35A CPT-1 ELEV #4 CPT-1 STAIR #2 ENLARGED PLAN - ELEV 4 & 5 (1 & 2 REV) (i1 1A1O A451 NEW PLAM, PL-1 EXISTING RAILING EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL TO REMAIN. NEW STAINLESS STEEL TO MATCH AT ELEV j4 OW DOOR LOCATION ELEVATORS 1, 2, 4, & 5 CA3 - WEST SCALE: 1/4"=1-0" NEW PREFINISHED STEEL PANEL INTERIOR NEW PREFINISHED STEEL DOORS BY ELEVATOR MANUF ELEVATOR 3 CAB - WEST SCALE. 1 /4' =1-O" A451 A451 o 0 o 0 o (: o o o o 0 0 r STAINLESS STEEL CONCEALED REVEAL CEILING WfTH RECESSED LED DOWNUGHTS. SEE ELECTRICAL ELEV. LOBBY STAINLESS STEEL CONCEALED REVEAL CEILING WITH RECESSED LED DOWNLGHTS. SEE ELECTRICAL STAIR #2 ENLARGED RCP - ELEV 4 & 5 (1 & 2 REV) SCALE: 1/4"=1-0" NEW PLAM, PL-1 EXISTING RAIUNG EXISTING STAINLESS STEEL TO REMAIN ELEVATORS 1, 2, 4, & 5 CAB - NORTH n SCALE: 1/4'=,-O" (SOUTH SIMILAR) "--Al 1 6I - NEW INTEI NEW o I N PREFINISHED STEEL PANEL IOR STEEL HANDRAIL ELEVATOP 3 CA3 - NORTH (SOUTH SIMILAR) SCALE: 1 /4' =1-0" A151 D17-0254 CI M O gar I I T T A451 ENLARGED PLAN - ELEVATOR 3 3 SCALE: 1/4"=1-0" NEW PLAM, PL-1 EXISTING RAILING EXISTING STAIN' FSS STEEL TO REMAIN 1A11 NEW PREFINISHED TEXTURED NO SUP STEEL FLOOR FINISH NEW PIT LADDER PER SPEC. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY WALLS AND FLOORS AFFECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION ELEVATORS 1, 2, 4, & 5 CAE - EAST SCALE: 1/4"=1-0" A451 SCALE: 1 /4"=1-0" I O I I o o T T NEW PREFINISHED STEEL PANEL INTERIOR WITH RECESSED LED DOWNUGHTS. SEE ELECTRICAL ENLARGED RCP - ELEVATOR 3 (4� A451 GENERAL NOTES 1. PROVIDE WALL BLOCK -OUTS AND FIRE RATED CLOSURE FOR CONTROL AND SIGNAL FIXTURE BOXES WHICH PENETRATE WALLS. 2. CUT AND PATCH WALLS AND FLOORS TO SUPPORT THE DESIGN LAYOUT. 3. ELEVATORS 1, 2, 4, AND 5: PROVIDE A BEVEL FOR ALL HOISTWAY PROJECTIONS, BEAM PROJECTIONS AND SETBACKS PER A17.12.1.6.2 THAT ARE GREATER THAN 4" COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE ITEM MANUFACTURER PRODUCT NAME COLOR/FINISH SIZE REMARKS CPT-1 MOHAWK GROUP FIRST STEP II 989 OBSIDIAN 24" X 24" PL-1 NEVAMAR CALM DISTINCTION VA6001T RB-1 ROPPE BLK/BR 4" MATCH EXISTING PT-1 GLIDDEN EGGSHELL MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT COLOR DLR Group Archihwlure Enyirralmg Plrnning IrIeriac -, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 i SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ORIG MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 ;LASOE/iVG ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 CHECKED SUBTITLE ENLARGED PLANS CURRENT REVISION 33373-10 BOLORIG DATE 07.14.17 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 9-08 ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA SHEET A451 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. DWG NO. uwnhic• a/9gPon17 tn•An•An Au 9-08-A451 2 LEGEND WINDOW W LOCATIO RF D ASHING — 30'-0" 56'- " 56'-O" �.� v `i 56'-0" tit �/ 56'-0" `_, �� �J 56'-0" \.J \� 30'-0" t/ �./ ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW DRAIN DAVIT LOCATION (NP) ROOF OVERFLOW DRAIN DRAIN DAVIT LOCATION (TYP) _ ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW DRAIN ) i O CO N 10'-0" 10'-0" o_ 00 .'-0 o 'co N 2T,.D" = O N ^n O • - N 6'—D O _ O _ oo d 2, n , x N DAVIT-, IS, TYP (8) 4 '4- 10 -0 SMOKE /RFA1R0 A72 HATCH SLOPE Y" PER FT SHAFTS BELOW �AL SLOPE Y," PER FT ECH EQPT DRAI C SPLASH " MECH EQP- DRAIN w - Y," PER FT SPLASH BLOCK (1) SMOKE HATCH ell SIZ:70:E Y"PER FT� RFA160 A24 API _ �poilLL II DOCK D9JDE LID I :::iIi LE 91U.DDD i Im III 11 I out iunrnoaoaoa000a00000I ao ooa:III:a oapg'T I o n [� _I JLJLJLJLJLJI ,ig mi._ , C� Ala— 1C�- »_ -- �I PH� PHO6 �� ^-- - ter\ A 1��1 �II ..�=: ��� I�\ ;, ��-Nil�111 ��1 I I ��- �. O ' PF ■ iif t 2v III in ICI � 01 E . PH04 1 \ �� (NOTE ROOF CONSTI \ IN (II � (PHO2 ,RIDGE, 4160 A29 ww oa PENT MUSE 1 I �� O x I FROM GRID 2 TO 4 IL_ J E I I ■�R _C&D I1 ;• i\ 1 ' PHOt , HI ! Ic '(PH02 IN CONSTRUCTION TO DETAI I I PENTHOUSE 3 I . _ ,, 0 7-717 . QL1 ►� �� 11 , I 1 )_` II 1 Pjr (PHO5) - �''1-U .�� ■ PHO3 — i:,'■. %` �C1► ` J� N L ❑ ❑ C 1 SLOPE Y" PER FT I SMOKE / HATCH � fl = Lio_c<<I_DU LDfl ::00000000aoo__DO I - . v �. ,� 0000aEaIU : ►: _ SLOPE OVERFLOW DRAIN DRAIN w 7 SMOKE ATCH ' PENTHOUSE #E_EVATED HOSE BIB GRATING NO. 3SEE STEEL WALKWAl STRUCTURAL W ROOF DRAIV SMOKE HATCF 11 '-"8 (FO` ROOF w `' — SPLASH o v' RFA160 A24 Y" PLAN, SEE SHT A-63 -OVERFLOW DRAIN BLOCK (2, o OVERFLOW DRAINDRAINROANDRAIN OVERFLOWOVERFLOWOVERFLOW R00€ DRAIN o OVERFLOWo DRAINDRAIN OVERFLOW r40FD OD0oOIli 1 TYPICAL "' DAVIT N N N RFA16O I A24 LOCATION (TYP) ROOF PLAN C - * RFA16-OIA29 r • SCALE: 1/16"= 1'-0" RFA16.OIA29 -WINDOW WASHING DAVIT BUILDING PARAPER SEE DETAIL 5/A-31 APPLY SEALANT BETWEEN TRIM & MOUNTING PLATE, TYP. SIDING EDGE TRIM PROVIDING IN PANEL MFGR, PERIMETER OF DAVIT SOCKET MOUNTING PLATE DAVIT SOCKET REFER TO STR. DWG. SECTION F/S-39 WINDOW WASHI\G DAVIT n SCALE NO SCALE SYM REVISION RFA160 RFA160 BY APPROVED ACCESS LADDER SEE 9 SIM A24 SC PPER, SEE RFA160 RFA161 SCUPPER, SEE RFA160 RFA161 ACCESS SEE (9 SIM LADDER RFA160 A24 SCUPPER, SEE RFA160 RFA161 CRICKET ACCESS SEE (--9) SIM LADDER RFA160 A24 PENTHOUSE NO. 1 PENTHOUSE NO. 3 PENTHOUSE NO. 2 ROOF P_AN SCALE: NO SCALE DATE SYM REVISION ROOF PLAN ROOF PLAN SCALE: NO SCALE SCALE: NO SCALE BY APPROVED DATE A COST REDUCTION/REVISIONS SCC CO/DO 03.21.89 B BASIC BUILDING REVISIONS SCC CG/DO 04.06.89 C MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS 33373-10 DLR GROUP DR 07.14.17 Laonivo® A 1. ELEVATORS 2. FREIGHT ELEVATORS 3. STAIRS 4. ELECTRICAL 5. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL 2 HOUR FIRE RATED ■ • ASSEMBLY GE NEPAL OTES SUCTION BETWEEN GRIDS AND 17 TO 19 SIMILAR L 2 ON SHEET A-24 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NO. ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALL CEILING NOTES MATIL HGHT PHO1 ELEV. MACHINE RM F-5 - - - PHO2 ELEV. ELEV. MACHINE RM F-5 - - - - PHO3 ELEV. MACHINE RM F-5 - - - - NORTHWALL W-1 PHO4 STAIR ENCLOSURE F-5 - W-1 C-2 FULL F-5 - - WEST LL W-1 PHO6LCTRICAL ISM F-5 - - - - EAST &ASOTH WALLS W-1 DOOR SCHEDULE NOTE: SEE SHEET RF-11 FOR SHIELDED DOOR DETAIL REFERENCES DOOR MARK DOOR SIZE TYPE THKNS MAT FINISH GLASS RATING FRAME FRAME FINISH HDWE GROUP NOTES PHO1 3'-0" x 7'-s" FS 3 4" HM PAINT - - 5/A22 PAINT 8 STC 51 PHO2 3'-0' x 7'-0'' FS 3 4" HM PAINT - - 5LA22 PAINT 8 STC 51 PHO3 3'-0' x 7'-0" F 3 4" HM PAINT - 1.5 HR 5 A22 PAINT 15 PHO4 3'-0" x 7'-O" F 3 4" HM PAINT - - 5 A22 PAINT 8 PHO5 3;-0 x 7'-0" FS 3 4" HM PAINT - 1.5 HR 2/A22 PAINT 15 PHO6 3 -0 x 7'-0" F 3 4" HM PAINT - - 5JA22 PAINT 8 PHO7 3'-0" x 7'-0" FS 3 4" HM PAINT - 1.5 HR 2/A22 PAINT 15 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN DR DATE 07.14.17 PEFEP INCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NCTES PATCH HOLES AND PENETRATIONS IN ALL PENTHOUSE WALLS. FIRE SAFE ALL PENETRATIONS WHERE REQUIRED TO MEET RATED ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS. SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 078413 AND 078446. INSTALL HORIZONTAL METAL STUDS (SAME GAUGE AS EXISTING WALL STUDS) BETWEEN TWO BAYS OF EXISTING VERTICAL METAL STUDS AT 18" 0/C. INSTALL VERTICAL P1000 UNI-STRUT (WIDTH PER MECH UNIT MANUF) TO METAL STUDS WITH 1/4" TOGGLE BOLT D17-0254 16 DLR Group Archileclure Engineering Planning Interiors ISSUE FOR PERMIT 07.14.17 B 1 KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE CHECKED 'ENCINEEN SUBTITLE CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED TITLE ROOF PLAN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL C DATE 07.14.17 MODERNIZATION OF ELEVATORS BUILDING 09-08 SHEET RFA160 JOB NO. 33373-10 COMP NO. ARCHITECTURAL MASTER COL. A-F/1-20 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09-08-RFA160